doc-src/HOL/HOL.tex
author webertj
Fri, 17 Aug 2012 20:31:12 +0200
changeset 48853 ec82c33c75f8
parent 43270 bc72c1ccc89e
permissions -rw-r--r--
Typo fixed.
Ignore whitespace changes - Everywhere: Within whitespace: At end of lines:
6580
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
     1
\chapter{Higher-Order Logic}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
     2
\index{higher-order logic|(}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
     3
\index{HOL system@{\sc hol} system}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
     4
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
     5
\begin{figure}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
     6
\begin{constants}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
     7
  \it name      &\it meta-type  & \it description \\
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
     8
  \cdx{Trueprop}& $bool\To prop$                & coercion to $prop$\\
7490
9a74b57740d1 added smp_tac
oheimb
parents: 7328
diff changeset
     9
  \cdx{Not}     & $bool\To bool$                & negation ($\lnot$) \\
6580
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
    10
  \cdx{True}    & $bool$                        & tautology ($\top$) \\
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
    11
  \cdx{False}   & $bool$                        & absurdity ($\bot$) \\
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
    12
  \cdx{If}      & $[bool,\alpha,\alpha]\To\alpha$ & conditional \\
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
    13
  \cdx{Let}     & $[\alpha,\alpha\To\beta]\To\beta$ & let binder
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
    14
\end{constants}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
    15
\subcaption{Constants}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
    16
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
    17
\begin{constants}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
    18
\index{"@@{\tt\at} symbol}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
    19
\index{*"! symbol}\index{*"? symbol}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
    20
\index{*"?"! symbol}\index{*"E"X"! symbol}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
    21
  \it symbol &\it name     &\it meta-type & \it description \\
7245
65ccac4e1f3f eliminated HOL_quantifiers (replaced by "HOL" print mode);
wenzelm
parents: 7044
diff changeset
    22
  \sdx{SOME} or \tt\at & \cdx{Eps}  & $(\alpha\To bool)\To\alpha$ & 
6580
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
    23
        Hilbert description ($\varepsilon$) \\
7245
65ccac4e1f3f eliminated HOL_quantifiers (replaced by "HOL" print mode);
wenzelm
parents: 7044
diff changeset
    24
  \sdx{ALL} or {\tt!~} & \cdx{All}  & $(\alpha\To bool)\To bool$ & 
6580
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
    25
        universal quantifier ($\forall$) \\
7245
65ccac4e1f3f eliminated HOL_quantifiers (replaced by "HOL" print mode);
wenzelm
parents: 7044
diff changeset
    26
  \sdx{EX} or {\tt?~}  & \cdx{Ex}   & $(\alpha\To bool)\To bool$ & 
6580
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
    27
        existential quantifier ($\exists$) \\
7245
65ccac4e1f3f eliminated HOL_quantifiers (replaced by "HOL" print mode);
wenzelm
parents: 7044
diff changeset
    28
  \texttt{EX!} or {\tt?!} & \cdx{Ex1}  & $(\alpha\To bool)\To bool$ & 
6580
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
    29
        unique existence ($\exists!$)\\
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
    30
  \texttt{LEAST}  & \cdx{Least}  & $(\alpha::ord \To bool)\To\alpha$ & 
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
    31
        least element
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
    32
\end{constants}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
    33
\subcaption{Binders} 
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
    34
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
    35
\begin{constants}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
    36
\index{*"= symbol}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
    37
\index{&@{\tt\&} symbol}
43077
7d69154d824b Workaround for bug involving makeindex, hyperref and the | symbol
paulson
parents: 42673
diff changeset
    38
\index{"!@{\tt\char124} symbol} %\char124 is vertical bar. We use ! because | stopped working
6580
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
    39
\index{*"-"-"> symbol}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
    40
  \it symbol    & \it meta-type & \it priority & \it description \\ 
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
    41
  \sdx{o}       & $[\beta\To\gamma,\alpha\To\beta]\To (\alpha\To\gamma)$ & 
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
    42
        Left 55 & composition ($\circ$) \\
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
    43
  \tt =         & $[\alpha,\alpha]\To bool$ & Left 50 & equality ($=$) \\
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
    44
  \tt <         & $[\alpha::ord,\alpha]\To bool$ & Left 50 & less than ($<$) \\
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
    45
  \tt <=        & $[\alpha::ord,\alpha]\To bool$ & Left 50 & 
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
    46
                less than or equals ($\leq$)\\
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
    47
  \tt \&        & $[bool,bool]\To bool$ & Right 35 & conjunction ($\conj$) \\
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
    48
  \tt |         & $[bool,bool]\To bool$ & Right 30 & disjunction ($\disj$) \\
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
    49
  \tt -->       & $[bool,bool]\To bool$ & Right 25 & implication ($\imp$)
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
    50
\end{constants}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
    51
\subcaption{Infixes}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
    52
\caption{Syntax of \texttt{HOL}} \label{hol-constants}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
    53
\end{figure}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
    54
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
    55
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
    56
\begin{figure}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
    57
\index{*let symbol}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
    58
\index{*in symbol}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
    59
\dquotes
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
    60
\[\begin{array}{rclcl}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
    61
    term & = & \hbox{expression of class~$term$} \\
7245
65ccac4e1f3f eliminated HOL_quantifiers (replaced by "HOL" print mode);
wenzelm
parents: 7044
diff changeset
    62
         & | & "SOME~" id " . " formula
6580
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
    63
         & | & "\at~" id " . " formula \\
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
    64
         & | & 
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
    65
    \multicolumn{3}{l}{"let"~id~"="~term";"\dots";"~id~"="~term~"in"~term} \\
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
    66
         & | & 
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
    67
    \multicolumn{3}{l}{"if"~formula~"then"~term~"else"~term} \\
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
    68
         & | & "LEAST"~ id " . " formula \\[2ex]
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
    69
 formula & = & \hbox{expression of type~$bool$} \\
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
    70
         & | & term " = " term \\
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
    71
         & | & term " \ttilde= " term \\
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
    72
         & | & term " < " term \\
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
    73
         & | & term " <= " term \\
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
    74
         & | & "\ttilde\ " formula \\
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
    75
         & | & formula " \& " formula \\
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
    76
         & | & formula " | " formula \\
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
    77
         & | & formula " --> " formula \\
7245
65ccac4e1f3f eliminated HOL_quantifiers (replaced by "HOL" print mode);
wenzelm
parents: 7044
diff changeset
    78
         & | & "ALL~" id~id^* " . " formula
65ccac4e1f3f eliminated HOL_quantifiers (replaced by "HOL" print mode);
wenzelm
parents: 7044
diff changeset
    79
         & | & "!~~~" id~id^* " . " formula \\
65ccac4e1f3f eliminated HOL_quantifiers (replaced by "HOL" print mode);
wenzelm
parents: 7044
diff changeset
    80
         & | & "EX~~" id~id^* " . " formula 
65ccac4e1f3f eliminated HOL_quantifiers (replaced by "HOL" print mode);
wenzelm
parents: 7044
diff changeset
    81
         & | & "?~~~" id~id^* " . " formula \\
6580
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
    82
         & | & "EX!~" id~id^* " . " formula
7245
65ccac4e1f3f eliminated HOL_quantifiers (replaced by "HOL" print mode);
wenzelm
parents: 7044
diff changeset
    83
         & | & "?!~~" id~id^* " . " formula \\
6580
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
    84
  \end{array}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
    85
\]
9695
ec7d7f877712 proper setup of iman.sty/extra.sty/ttbox.sty;
wenzelm
parents: 9258
diff changeset
    86
\caption{Full grammar for HOL} \label{hol-grammar}
6580
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
    87
\end{figure} 
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
    88
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
    89
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
    90
\section{Syntax}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
    91
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
    92
Figure~\ref{hol-constants} lists the constants (including infixes and
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
    93
binders), while Fig.\ts\ref{hol-grammar} presents the grammar of
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
    94
higher-order logic.  Note that $a$\verb|~=|$b$ is translated to
7490
9a74b57740d1 added smp_tac
oheimb
parents: 7328
diff changeset
    95
$\lnot(a=b)$.
6580
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
    96
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
    97
\begin{warn}
9695
ec7d7f877712 proper setup of iman.sty/extra.sty/ttbox.sty;
wenzelm
parents: 9258
diff changeset
    98
  HOL has no if-and-only-if connective; logical equivalence is expressed using
ec7d7f877712 proper setup of iman.sty/extra.sty/ttbox.sty;
wenzelm
parents: 9258
diff changeset
    99
  equality.  But equality has a high priority, as befitting a relation, while
ec7d7f877712 proper setup of iman.sty/extra.sty/ttbox.sty;
wenzelm
parents: 9258
diff changeset
   100
  if-and-only-if typically has the lowest priority.  Thus, $\lnot\lnot P=P$
ec7d7f877712 proper setup of iman.sty/extra.sty/ttbox.sty;
wenzelm
parents: 9258
diff changeset
   101
  abbreviates $\lnot\lnot (P=P)$ and not $(\lnot\lnot P)=P$.  When using $=$
ec7d7f877712 proper setup of iman.sty/extra.sty/ttbox.sty;
wenzelm
parents: 9258
diff changeset
   102
  to mean logical equivalence, enclose both operands in parentheses.
6580
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   103
\end{warn}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   104
9212
4afe62073b41 overloading, axclasses, numerals and general tidying
paulson
parents: 8628
diff changeset
   105
\subsection{Types and overloading}
6580
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   106
The universal type class of higher-order terms is called~\cldx{term}.
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   107
By default, explicit type variables have class \cldx{term}.  In
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   108
particular the equality symbol and quantifiers are polymorphic over
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   109
class \texttt{term}.
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   110
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   111
The type of formulae, \tydx{bool}, belongs to class \cldx{term}; thus,
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   112
formulae are terms.  The built-in type~\tydx{fun}, which constructs
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   113
function types, is overloaded with arity {\tt(term,\thinspace
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   114
  term)\thinspace term}.  Thus, $\sigma\To\tau$ belongs to class~{\tt
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   115
  term} if $\sigma$ and~$\tau$ do, allowing quantification over
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   116
functions.
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   117
42907
dfd4ef8e73f6 updated and re-unified HOL typedef, with some live examples;
wenzelm
parents: 42673
diff changeset
   118
HOL allows new types to be declared as subsets of existing types,
dfd4ef8e73f6 updated and re-unified HOL typedef, with some live examples;
wenzelm
parents: 42673
diff changeset
   119
either using the primitive \texttt{typedef} or the more convenient
dfd4ef8e73f6 updated and re-unified HOL typedef, with some live examples;
wenzelm
parents: 42673
diff changeset
   120
\texttt{datatype} (see~{\S}\ref{sec:HOL:datatype}).
9212
4afe62073b41 overloading, axclasses, numerals and general tidying
paulson
parents: 8628
diff changeset
   121
4afe62073b41 overloading, axclasses, numerals and general tidying
paulson
parents: 8628
diff changeset
   122
Several syntactic type classes --- \cldx{plus}, \cldx{minus},
4afe62073b41 overloading, axclasses, numerals and general tidying
paulson
parents: 8628
diff changeset
   123
\cldx{times} and
4afe62073b41 overloading, axclasses, numerals and general tidying
paulson
parents: 8628
diff changeset
   124
\cldx{power} --- permit overloading of the operators {\tt+},\index{*"+
4afe62073b41 overloading, axclasses, numerals and general tidying
paulson
parents: 8628
diff changeset
   125
  symbol} {\tt-}\index{*"- symbol}, {\tt*}.\index{*"* symbol} 
4afe62073b41 overloading, axclasses, numerals and general tidying
paulson
parents: 8628
diff changeset
   126
and \verb|^|.\index{^@\verb.^. symbol} 
4afe62073b41 overloading, axclasses, numerals and general tidying
paulson
parents: 8628
diff changeset
   127
%
4afe62073b41 overloading, axclasses, numerals and general tidying
paulson
parents: 8628
diff changeset
   128
They are overloaded to denote the obvious arithmetic operations on types
4afe62073b41 overloading, axclasses, numerals and general tidying
paulson
parents: 8628
diff changeset
   129
\tdx{nat}, \tdx{int} and~\tdx{real}. (With the \verb|^| operator, the
4afe62073b41 overloading, axclasses, numerals and general tidying
paulson
parents: 8628
diff changeset
   130
exponent always has type~\tdx{nat}.)  Non-arithmetic overloadings are also
4afe62073b41 overloading, axclasses, numerals and general tidying
paulson
parents: 8628
diff changeset
   131
done: the operator {\tt-} can denote set difference, while \verb|^| can
4afe62073b41 overloading, axclasses, numerals and general tidying
paulson
parents: 8628
diff changeset
   132
denote exponentiation of relations (iterated composition).  Unary minus is
4afe62073b41 overloading, axclasses, numerals and general tidying
paulson
parents: 8628
diff changeset
   133
also written as~{\tt-} and is overloaded like its 2-place counterpart; it even
4afe62073b41 overloading, axclasses, numerals and general tidying
paulson
parents: 8628
diff changeset
   134
can stand for set complement.
4afe62073b41 overloading, axclasses, numerals and general tidying
paulson
parents: 8628
diff changeset
   135
4afe62073b41 overloading, axclasses, numerals and general tidying
paulson
parents: 8628
diff changeset
   136
The constant \cdx{0} is also overloaded.  It serves as the zero element of
4afe62073b41 overloading, axclasses, numerals and general tidying
paulson
parents: 8628
diff changeset
   137
several types, of which the most important is \tdx{nat} (the natural
4afe62073b41 overloading, axclasses, numerals and general tidying
paulson
parents: 8628
diff changeset
   138
numbers).  The type class \cldx{plus_ac0} comprises all types for which 0
4afe62073b41 overloading, axclasses, numerals and general tidying
paulson
parents: 8628
diff changeset
   139
and~+ satisfy the laws $x+y=y+x$, $(x+y)+z = x+(y+z)$ and $0+x = x$.  These
4afe62073b41 overloading, axclasses, numerals and general tidying
paulson
parents: 8628
diff changeset
   140
types include the numeric ones \tdx{nat}, \tdx{int} and~\tdx{real} and also
4afe62073b41 overloading, axclasses, numerals and general tidying
paulson
parents: 8628
diff changeset
   141
multisets.  The summation operator \cdx{setsum} is available for all types in
4afe62073b41 overloading, axclasses, numerals and general tidying
paulson
parents: 8628
diff changeset
   142
this class. 
6580
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   143
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   144
Theory \thydx{Ord} defines the syntactic class \cldx{ord} of order
9212
4afe62073b41 overloading, axclasses, numerals and general tidying
paulson
parents: 8628
diff changeset
   145
signatures.  The relations $<$ and $\leq$ are polymorphic over this
6580
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   146
class, as are the functions \cdx{mono}, \cdx{min} and \cdx{max}, and
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   147
the \cdx{LEAST} operator. \thydx{Ord} also defines a subclass
9212
4afe62073b41 overloading, axclasses, numerals and general tidying
paulson
parents: 8628
diff changeset
   148
\cldx{order} of \cldx{ord} which axiomatizes the types that are partially
4afe62073b41 overloading, axclasses, numerals and general tidying
paulson
parents: 8628
diff changeset
   149
ordered with respect to~$\leq$.  A further subclass \cldx{linorder} of
4afe62073b41 overloading, axclasses, numerals and general tidying
paulson
parents: 8628
diff changeset
   150
\cldx{order} axiomatizes linear orderings.
4afe62073b41 overloading, axclasses, numerals and general tidying
paulson
parents: 8628
diff changeset
   151
For details, see the file \texttt{Ord.thy}.
4afe62073b41 overloading, axclasses, numerals and general tidying
paulson
parents: 8628
diff changeset
   152
                                          
6580
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   153
If you state a goal containing overloaded functions, you may need to include
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   154
type constraints.  Type inference may otherwise make the goal more
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   155
polymorphic than you intended, with confusing results.  For example, the
7490
9a74b57740d1 added smp_tac
oheimb
parents: 7328
diff changeset
   156
variables $i$, $j$ and $k$ in the goal $i \leq j \Imp i \leq j+k$ have type
6580
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   157
$\alpha::\{ord,plus\}$, although you may have expected them to have some
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   158
numeric type, e.g. $nat$.  Instead you should have stated the goal as
7490
9a74b57740d1 added smp_tac
oheimb
parents: 7328
diff changeset
   159
$(i::nat) \leq j \Imp i \leq j+k$, which causes all three variables to have
6580
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   160
type $nat$.
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   161
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   162
\begin{warn}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   163
  If resolution fails for no obvious reason, try setting
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   164
  \ttindex{show_types} to \texttt{true}, causing Isabelle to display
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   165
  types of terms.  Possibly set \ttindex{show_sorts} to \texttt{true} as
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   166
  well, causing Isabelle to display type classes and sorts.
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   167
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   168
  \index{unification!incompleteness of}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   169
  Where function types are involved, Isabelle's unification code does not
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   170
  guarantee to find instantiations for type variables automatically.  Be
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   171
  prepared to use \ttindex{res_inst_tac} instead of \texttt{resolve_tac},
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   172
  possibly instantiating type variables.  Setting
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   173
  \ttindex{Unify.trace_types} to \texttt{true} causes Isabelle to report
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   174
  omitted search paths during unification.\index{tracing!of unification}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   175
\end{warn}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   176
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   177
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   178
\subsection{Binders}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   179
9695
ec7d7f877712 proper setup of iman.sty/extra.sty/ttbox.sty;
wenzelm
parents: 9258
diff changeset
   180
Hilbert's {\bf description} operator~$\varepsilon x. P[x]$ stands for some~$x$
ec7d7f877712 proper setup of iman.sty/extra.sty/ttbox.sty;
wenzelm
parents: 9258
diff changeset
   181
satisfying~$P$, if such exists.  Since all terms in HOL denote something, a
ec7d7f877712 proper setup of iman.sty/extra.sty/ttbox.sty;
wenzelm
parents: 9258
diff changeset
   182
description is always meaningful, but we do not know its value unless $P$
ec7d7f877712 proper setup of iman.sty/extra.sty/ttbox.sty;
wenzelm
parents: 9258
diff changeset
   183
defines it uniquely.  We may write descriptions as \cdx{Eps}($\lambda x.
ec7d7f877712 proper setup of iman.sty/extra.sty/ttbox.sty;
wenzelm
parents: 9258
diff changeset
   184
P[x]$) or use the syntax \hbox{\tt SOME~$x$.~$P[x]$}.
6580
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   185
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   186
Existential quantification is defined by
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   187
\[ \exists x. P~x \;\equiv\; P(\varepsilon x. P~x). \]
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   188
The unique existence quantifier, $\exists!x. P$, is defined in terms
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   189
of~$\exists$ and~$\forall$.  An Isabelle binder, it admits nested
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   190
quantifications.  For instance, $\exists!x\,y. P\,x\,y$ abbreviates
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   191
$\exists!x. \exists!y. P\,x\,y$; note that this does not mean that there
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   192
exists a unique pair $(x,y)$ satisfying~$P\,x\,y$.
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   193
7245
65ccac4e1f3f eliminated HOL_quantifiers (replaced by "HOL" print mode);
wenzelm
parents: 7044
diff changeset
   194
\medskip
65ccac4e1f3f eliminated HOL_quantifiers (replaced by "HOL" print mode);
wenzelm
parents: 7044
diff changeset
   195
65ccac4e1f3f eliminated HOL_quantifiers (replaced by "HOL" print mode);
wenzelm
parents: 7044
diff changeset
   196
\index{*"! symbol}\index{*"? symbol}\index{HOL system@{\sc hol} system} The
65ccac4e1f3f eliminated HOL_quantifiers (replaced by "HOL" print mode);
wenzelm
parents: 7044
diff changeset
   197
basic Isabelle/HOL binders have two notations.  Apart from the usual
65ccac4e1f3f eliminated HOL_quantifiers (replaced by "HOL" print mode);
wenzelm
parents: 7044
diff changeset
   198
\texttt{ALL} and \texttt{EX} for $\forall$ and $\exists$, Isabelle/HOL also
65ccac4e1f3f eliminated HOL_quantifiers (replaced by "HOL" print mode);
wenzelm
parents: 7044
diff changeset
   199
supports the original notation of Gordon's {\sc hol} system: \texttt{!}\ 
65ccac4e1f3f eliminated HOL_quantifiers (replaced by "HOL" print mode);
wenzelm
parents: 7044
diff changeset
   200
and~\texttt{?}.  In the latter case, the existential quantifier \emph{must} be
65ccac4e1f3f eliminated HOL_quantifiers (replaced by "HOL" print mode);
wenzelm
parents: 7044
diff changeset
   201
followed by a space; thus {\tt?x} is an unknown, while \verb'? x. f x=y' is a
65ccac4e1f3f eliminated HOL_quantifiers (replaced by "HOL" print mode);
wenzelm
parents: 7044
diff changeset
   202
quantification.  Both notations are accepted for input.  The print mode
65ccac4e1f3f eliminated HOL_quantifiers (replaced by "HOL" print mode);
wenzelm
parents: 7044
diff changeset
   203
``\ttindexbold{HOL}'' governs the output notation.  If enabled (e.g.\ by
65ccac4e1f3f eliminated HOL_quantifiers (replaced by "HOL" print mode);
wenzelm
parents: 7044
diff changeset
   204
passing option \texttt{-m HOL} to the \texttt{isabelle} executable),
65ccac4e1f3f eliminated HOL_quantifiers (replaced by "HOL" print mode);
wenzelm
parents: 7044
diff changeset
   205
then~{\tt!}\ and~{\tt?}\ are displayed.
65ccac4e1f3f eliminated HOL_quantifiers (replaced by "HOL" print mode);
wenzelm
parents: 7044
diff changeset
   206
65ccac4e1f3f eliminated HOL_quantifiers (replaced by "HOL" print mode);
wenzelm
parents: 7044
diff changeset
   207
\medskip
6580
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   208
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   209
If $\tau$ is a type of class \cldx{ord}, $P$ a formula and $x$ a
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   210
variable of type $\tau$, then the term \cdx{LEAST}~$x. P[x]$ is defined
7490
9a74b57740d1 added smp_tac
oheimb
parents: 7328
diff changeset
   211
to be the least (w.r.t.\ $\leq$) $x$ such that $P~x$ holds (see
6580
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   212
Fig.~\ref{hol-defs}).  The definition uses Hilbert's $\varepsilon$
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   213
choice operator, so \texttt{Least} is always meaningful, but may yield
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   214
nothing useful in case there is not a unique least element satisfying
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   215
$P$.\footnote{Class $ord$ does not require much of its instances, so
7490
9a74b57740d1 added smp_tac
oheimb
parents: 7328
diff changeset
   216
  $\leq$ need not be a well-ordering, not even an order at all!}
6580
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   217
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   218
\medskip All these binders have priority 10.
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   219
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   220
\begin{warn}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   221
The low priority of binders means that they need to be enclosed in
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   222
parenthesis when they occur in the context of other operations.  For example,
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   223
instead of $P \land \forall x. Q$ you need to write $P \land (\forall x. Q)$.
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   224
\end{warn}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   225
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   226
6620
fc991461c7b9 pdf setup;
wenzelm
parents: 6592
diff changeset
   227
\subsection{The let and case constructions}
6580
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   228
Local abbreviations can be introduced by a \texttt{let} construct whose
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   229
syntax appears in Fig.\ts\ref{hol-grammar}.  Internally it is translated into
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   230
the constant~\cdx{Let}.  It can be expanded by rewriting with its
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   231
definition, \tdx{Let_def}.
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   232
9695
ec7d7f877712 proper setup of iman.sty/extra.sty/ttbox.sty;
wenzelm
parents: 9258
diff changeset
   233
HOL also defines the basic syntax
6580
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   234
\[\dquotes"case"~e~"of"~c@1~"=>"~e@1~"|" \dots "|"~c@n~"=>"~e@n\] 
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   235
as a uniform means of expressing \texttt{case} constructs.  Therefore \texttt{case}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   236
and \sdx{of} are reserved words.  Initially, this is mere syntax and has no
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   237
logical meaning.  By declaring translations, you can cause instances of the
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   238
\texttt{case} construct to denote applications of particular case operators.
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   239
This is what happens automatically for each \texttt{datatype} definition
7490
9a74b57740d1 added smp_tac
oheimb
parents: 7328
diff changeset
   240
(see~{\S}\ref{sec:HOL:datatype}).
6580
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   241
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   242
\begin{warn}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   243
Both \texttt{if} and \texttt{case} constructs have as low a priority as
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   244
quantifiers, which requires additional enclosing parentheses in the context
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   245
of most other operations.  For example, instead of $f~x = {\tt if\dots
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   246
then\dots else}\dots$ you need to write $f~x = ({\tt if\dots then\dots
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   247
else\dots})$.
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   248
\end{warn}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   249
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   250
\section{Rules of inference}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   251
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   252
\begin{figure}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   253
\begin{ttbox}\makeatother
9212
4afe62073b41 overloading, axclasses, numerals and general tidying
paulson
parents: 8628
diff changeset
   254
\tdx{refl}          t = (t::'a)
4afe62073b41 overloading, axclasses, numerals and general tidying
paulson
parents: 8628
diff changeset
   255
\tdx{subst}         [| s = t; P s |] ==> P (t::'a)
4afe62073b41 overloading, axclasses, numerals and general tidying
paulson
parents: 8628
diff changeset
   256
\tdx{ext}           (!!x::'a. (f x :: 'b) = g x) ==> (\%x. f x) = (\%x. g x)
4afe62073b41 overloading, axclasses, numerals and general tidying
paulson
parents: 8628
diff changeset
   257
\tdx{impI}          (P ==> Q) ==> P-->Q
4afe62073b41 overloading, axclasses, numerals and general tidying
paulson
parents: 8628
diff changeset
   258
\tdx{mp}            [| P-->Q;  P |] ==> Q
4afe62073b41 overloading, axclasses, numerals and general tidying
paulson
parents: 8628
diff changeset
   259
\tdx{iff}           (P-->Q) --> (Q-->P) --> (P=Q)
9969
4753185f1dd2 renamed (most of...) the select rules
paulson
parents: 9695
diff changeset
   260
\tdx{someI}         P(x::'a) ==> P(@x. P x)
9212
4afe62073b41 overloading, axclasses, numerals and general tidying
paulson
parents: 8628
diff changeset
   261
\tdx{True_or_False} (P=True) | (P=False)
6580
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   262
\end{ttbox}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   263
\caption{The \texttt{HOL} rules} \label{hol-rules}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   264
\end{figure}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   265
9695
ec7d7f877712 proper setup of iman.sty/extra.sty/ttbox.sty;
wenzelm
parents: 9258
diff changeset
   266
Figure~\ref{hol-rules} shows the primitive inference rules of~HOL, with
ec7d7f877712 proper setup of iman.sty/extra.sty/ttbox.sty;
wenzelm
parents: 9258
diff changeset
   267
their~{\ML} names.  Some of the rules deserve additional comments:
6580
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   268
\begin{ttdescription}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   269
\item[\tdx{ext}] expresses extensionality of functions.
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   270
\item[\tdx{iff}] asserts that logically equivalent formulae are
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   271
  equal.
9969
4753185f1dd2 renamed (most of...) the select rules
paulson
parents: 9695
diff changeset
   272
\item[\tdx{someI}] gives the defining property of the Hilbert
6580
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   273
  $\varepsilon$-operator.  It is a form of the Axiom of Choice.  The derived rule
9969
4753185f1dd2 renamed (most of...) the select rules
paulson
parents: 9695
diff changeset
   274
  \tdx{some_equality} (see below) is often easier to use.
6580
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   275
\item[\tdx{True_or_False}] makes the logic classical.\footnote{In
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   276
    fact, the $\varepsilon$-operator already makes the logic classical, as
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   277
    shown by Diaconescu; see Paulson~\cite{paulson-COLOG} for details.}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   278
\end{ttdescription}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   279
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   280
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   281
\begin{figure}\hfuzz=4pt%suppress "Overfull \hbox" message
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   282
\begin{ttbox}\makeatother
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   283
\tdx{True_def}   True     == ((\%x::bool. x)=(\%x. x))
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   284
\tdx{All_def}    All      == (\%P. P = (\%x. True))
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   285
\tdx{Ex_def}     Ex       == (\%P. P(@x. P x))
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   286
\tdx{False_def}  False    == (!P. P)
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   287
\tdx{not_def}    not      == (\%P. P-->False)
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   288
\tdx{and_def}    op &     == (\%P Q. !R. (P-->Q-->R) --> R)
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   289
\tdx{or_def}     op |     == (\%P Q. !R. (P-->R) --> (Q-->R) --> R)
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   290
\tdx{Ex1_def}    Ex1      == (\%P. ? x. P x & (! y. P y --> y=x))
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   291
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   292
\tdx{o_def}      op o     == (\%(f::'b=>'c) g x::'a. f(g x))
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   293
\tdx{if_def}     If P x y ==
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   294
              (\%P x y. @z::'a.(P=True --> z=x) & (P=False --> z=y))
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   295
\tdx{Let_def}    Let s f  == f s
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   296
\tdx{Least_def}  Least P  == @x. P(x) & (ALL y. P(y) --> x <= y)"
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   297
\end{ttbox}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   298
\caption{The \texttt{HOL} definitions} \label{hol-defs}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   299
\end{figure}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   300
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   301
9695
ec7d7f877712 proper setup of iman.sty/extra.sty/ttbox.sty;
wenzelm
parents: 9258
diff changeset
   302
HOL follows standard practice in higher-order logic: only a few connectives
ec7d7f877712 proper setup of iman.sty/extra.sty/ttbox.sty;
wenzelm
parents: 9258
diff changeset
   303
are taken as primitive, with the remainder defined obscurely
6580
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   304
(Fig.\ts\ref{hol-defs}).  Gordon's {\sc hol} system expresses the
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   305
corresponding definitions \cite[page~270]{mgordon-hol} using
9695
ec7d7f877712 proper setup of iman.sty/extra.sty/ttbox.sty;
wenzelm
parents: 9258
diff changeset
   306
object-equality~({\tt=}), which is possible because equality in higher-order
ec7d7f877712 proper setup of iman.sty/extra.sty/ttbox.sty;
wenzelm
parents: 9258
diff changeset
   307
logic may equate formulae and even functions over formulae.  But theory~HOL,
ec7d7f877712 proper setup of iman.sty/extra.sty/ttbox.sty;
wenzelm
parents: 9258
diff changeset
   308
like all other Isabelle theories, uses meta-equality~({\tt==}) for
ec7d7f877712 proper setup of iman.sty/extra.sty/ttbox.sty;
wenzelm
parents: 9258
diff changeset
   309
definitions.
6580
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   310
\begin{warn}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   311
The definitions above should never be expanded and are shown for completeness
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   312
only.  Instead users should reason in terms of the derived rules shown below
42924
bd8d78745a7d removed some old stuff;
wenzelm
parents: 42914
diff changeset
   313
or, better still, using high-level tactics.
6580
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   314
\end{warn}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   315
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   316
Some of the rules mention type variables; for example, \texttt{refl}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   317
mentions the type variable~{\tt'a}.  This allows you to instantiate
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   318
type variables explicitly by calling \texttt{res_inst_tac}.
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   319
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   320
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   321
\begin{figure}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   322
\begin{ttbox}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   323
\tdx{sym}         s=t ==> t=s
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   324
\tdx{trans}       [| r=s; s=t |] ==> r=t
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   325
\tdx{ssubst}      [| t=s; P s |] ==> P t
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   326
\tdx{box_equals}  [| a=b;  a=c;  b=d |] ==> c=d  
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   327
\tdx{arg_cong}    x = y ==> f x = f y
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   328
\tdx{fun_cong}    f = g ==> f x = g x
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   329
\tdx{cong}        [| f = g; x = y |] ==> f x = g y
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   330
\tdx{not_sym}     t ~= s ==> s ~= t
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   331
\subcaption{Equality}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   332
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   333
\tdx{TrueI}       True 
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   334
\tdx{FalseE}      False ==> P
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   335
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   336
\tdx{conjI}       [| P; Q |] ==> P&Q
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   337
\tdx{conjunct1}   [| P&Q |] ==> P
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   338
\tdx{conjunct2}   [| P&Q |] ==> Q 
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   339
\tdx{conjE}       [| P&Q;  [| P; Q |] ==> R |] ==> R
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   340
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   341
\tdx{disjI1}      P ==> P|Q
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   342
\tdx{disjI2}      Q ==> P|Q
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   343
\tdx{disjE}       [| P | Q; P ==> R; Q ==> R |] ==> R
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   344
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   345
\tdx{notI}        (P ==> False) ==> ~ P
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   346
\tdx{notE}        [| ~ P;  P |] ==> R
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   347
\tdx{impE}        [| P-->Q;  P;  Q ==> R |] ==> R
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   348
\subcaption{Propositional logic}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   349
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   350
\tdx{iffI}        [| P ==> Q;  Q ==> P |] ==> P=Q
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   351
\tdx{iffD1}       [| P=Q; P |] ==> Q
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   352
\tdx{iffD2}       [| P=Q; Q |] ==> P
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   353
\tdx{iffE}        [| P=Q; [| P --> Q; Q --> P |] ==> R |] ==> R
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   354
\subcaption{Logical equivalence}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   355
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   356
\end{ttbox}
9695
ec7d7f877712 proper setup of iman.sty/extra.sty/ttbox.sty;
wenzelm
parents: 9258
diff changeset
   357
\caption{Derived rules for HOL} \label{hol-lemmas1}
6580
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   358
\end{figure}
14013
dd80d4654926 moved % comments out of ttboxes
kleing
parents: 13028
diff changeset
   359
%
dd80d4654926 moved % comments out of ttboxes
kleing
parents: 13028
diff changeset
   360
%\tdx{eqTrueI}     P ==> P=True 
dd80d4654926 moved % comments out of ttboxes
kleing
parents: 13028
diff changeset
   361
%\tdx{eqTrueE}     P=True ==> P 
6580
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   362
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   363
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   364
\begin{figure}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   365
\begin{ttbox}\makeatother
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   366
\tdx{allI}      (!!x. P x) ==> !x. P x
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   367
\tdx{spec}      !x. P x ==> P x
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   368
\tdx{allE}      [| !x. P x;  P x ==> R |] ==> R
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   369
\tdx{all_dupE}  [| !x. P x;  [| P x; !x. P x |] ==> R |] ==> R
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   370
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   371
\tdx{exI}       P x ==> ? x. P x
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   372
\tdx{exE}       [| ? x. P x; !!x. P x ==> Q |] ==> Q
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   373
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   374
\tdx{ex1I}      [| P a;  !!x. P x ==> x=a |] ==> ?! x. P x
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   375
\tdx{ex1E}      [| ?! x. P x;  !!x. [| P x;  ! y. P y --> y=x |] ==> R 
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   376
          |] ==> R
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   377
9969
4753185f1dd2 renamed (most of...) the select rules
paulson
parents: 9695
diff changeset
   378
\tdx{some_equality}   [| P a;  !!x. P x ==> x=a |] ==> (@x. P x) = a
6580
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   379
\subcaption{Quantifiers and descriptions}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   380
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   381
\tdx{ccontr}          (~P ==> False) ==> P
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   382
\tdx{classical}       (~P ==> P) ==> P
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   383
\tdx{excluded_middle} ~P | P
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   384
9212
4afe62073b41 overloading, axclasses, numerals and general tidying
paulson
parents: 8628
diff changeset
   385
\tdx{disjCI}       (~Q ==> P) ==> P|Q
4afe62073b41 overloading, axclasses, numerals and general tidying
paulson
parents: 8628
diff changeset
   386
\tdx{exCI}         (! x. ~ P x ==> P a) ==> ? x. P x
4afe62073b41 overloading, axclasses, numerals and general tidying
paulson
parents: 8628
diff changeset
   387
\tdx{impCE}        [| P-->Q; ~ P ==> R; Q ==> R |] ==> R
4afe62073b41 overloading, axclasses, numerals and general tidying
paulson
parents: 8628
diff changeset
   388
\tdx{iffCE}        [| P=Q;  [| P;Q |] ==> R;  [| ~P; ~Q |] ==> R |] ==> R
4afe62073b41 overloading, axclasses, numerals and general tidying
paulson
parents: 8628
diff changeset
   389
\tdx{notnotD}      ~~P ==> P
4afe62073b41 overloading, axclasses, numerals and general tidying
paulson
parents: 8628
diff changeset
   390
\tdx{swap}         ~P ==> (~Q ==> P) ==> Q
6580
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   391
\subcaption{Classical logic}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   392
9212
4afe62073b41 overloading, axclasses, numerals and general tidying
paulson
parents: 8628
diff changeset
   393
\tdx{if_P}         P ==> (if P then x else y) = x
4afe62073b41 overloading, axclasses, numerals and general tidying
paulson
parents: 8628
diff changeset
   394
\tdx{if_not_P}     ~ P ==> (if P then x else y) = y
4afe62073b41 overloading, axclasses, numerals and general tidying
paulson
parents: 8628
diff changeset
   395
\tdx{split_if}     P(if Q then x else y) = ((Q --> P x) & (~Q --> P y))
6580
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   396
\subcaption{Conditionals}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   397
\end{ttbox}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   398
\caption{More derived rules} \label{hol-lemmas2}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   399
\end{figure}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   400
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   401
Some derived rules are shown in Figures~\ref{hol-lemmas1}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   402
and~\ref{hol-lemmas2}, with their {\ML} names.  These include natural rules
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   403
for the logical connectives, as well as sequent-style elimination rules for
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   404
conjunctions, implications, and universal quantifiers.  
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   405
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   406
Note the equality rules: \tdx{ssubst} performs substitution in
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   407
backward proofs, while \tdx{box_equals} supports reasoning by
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   408
simplifying both sides of an equation.
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   409
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   410
The following simple tactics are occasionally useful:
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   411
\begin{ttdescription}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   412
\item[\ttindexbold{strip_tac} $i$] applies \texttt{allI} and \texttt{impI}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   413
  repeatedly to remove all outermost universal quantifiers and implications
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   414
  from subgoal $i$.
8443
0ed4b608ba4b renamed cases_tac to case_tac;
wenzelm
parents: 8424
diff changeset
   415
\item[\ttindexbold{case_tac} {\tt"}$P${\tt"} $i$] performs case distinction on
0ed4b608ba4b renamed cases_tac to case_tac;
wenzelm
parents: 8424
diff changeset
   416
  $P$ for subgoal $i$: the latter is replaced by two identical subgoals with
0ed4b608ba4b renamed cases_tac to case_tac;
wenzelm
parents: 8424
diff changeset
   417
  the added assumptions $P$ and $\lnot P$, respectively.
7490
9a74b57740d1 added smp_tac
oheimb
parents: 7328
diff changeset
   418
\item[\ttindexbold{smp_tac} $j$ $i$] applies $j$ times \texttt{spec} and then
9a74b57740d1 added smp_tac
oheimb
parents: 7328
diff changeset
   419
  \texttt{mp} in subgoal $i$, which is typically useful when forward-chaining 
9a74b57740d1 added smp_tac
oheimb
parents: 7328
diff changeset
   420
  from an induction hypothesis. As a generalization of \texttt{mp_tac}, 
9a74b57740d1 added smp_tac
oheimb
parents: 7328
diff changeset
   421
  if there are assumptions $\forall \vec{x}. P \vec{x} \imp Q \vec{x}$ and 
9a74b57740d1 added smp_tac
oheimb
parents: 7328
diff changeset
   422
  $P \vec{a}$, ($\vec{x}$ being a vector of $j$ variables)
9a74b57740d1 added smp_tac
oheimb
parents: 7328
diff changeset
   423
  then it replaces the universally quantified implication by $Q \vec{a}$. 
9a74b57740d1 added smp_tac
oheimb
parents: 7328
diff changeset
   424
  It may instantiate unknowns. It fails if it can do nothing.
6580
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   425
\end{ttdescription}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   426
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   427
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   428
\begin{figure} 
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   429
\begin{center}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   430
\begin{tabular}{rrr}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   431
  \it name      &\it meta-type  & \it description \\ 
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   432
\index{{}@\verb'{}' symbol}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   433
  \verb|{}|     & $\alpha\,set$         & the empty set \\
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   434
  \cdx{insert}  & $[\alpha,\alpha\,set]\To \alpha\,set$
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   435
        & insertion of element \\
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   436
  \cdx{Collect} & $(\alpha\To bool)\To\alpha\,set$
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   437
        & comprehension \\
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   438
  \cdx{INTER} & $[\alpha\,set,\alpha\To\beta\,set]\To\beta\,set$
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   439
        & intersection over a set\\
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   440
  \cdx{UNION} & $[\alpha\,set,\alpha\To\beta\,set]\To\beta\,set$
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   441
        & union over a set\\
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   442
  \cdx{Inter} & $(\alpha\,set)set\To\alpha\,set$
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   443
        &set of sets intersection \\
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   444
  \cdx{Union} & $(\alpha\,set)set\To\alpha\,set$
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   445
        &set of sets union \\
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   446
  \cdx{Pow}   & $\alpha\,set \To (\alpha\,set)set$
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   447
        & powerset \\[1ex]
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   448
  \cdx{range}   & $(\alpha\To\beta )\To\beta\,set$
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   449
        & range of a function \\[1ex]
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   450
  \cdx{Ball}~~\cdx{Bex} & $[\alpha\,set,\alpha\To bool]\To bool$
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   451
        & bounded quantifiers
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   452
\end{tabular}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   453
\end{center}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   454
\subcaption{Constants}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   455
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   456
\begin{center}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   457
\begin{tabular}{llrrr} 
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   458
  \it symbol &\it name     &\it meta-type & \it priority & \it description \\
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   459
  \sdx{INT}  & \cdx{INTER1}  & $(\alpha\To\beta\,set)\To\beta\,set$ & 10 & 
9212
4afe62073b41 overloading, axclasses, numerals and general tidying
paulson
parents: 8628
diff changeset
   460
        intersection\\
6580
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   461
  \sdx{UN}  & \cdx{UNION1}  & $(\alpha\To\beta\,set)\To\beta\,set$ & 10 & 
9212
4afe62073b41 overloading, axclasses, numerals and general tidying
paulson
parents: 8628
diff changeset
   462
        union 
6580
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   463
\end{tabular}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   464
\end{center}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   465
\subcaption{Binders} 
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   466
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   467
\begin{center}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   468
\index{*"`"` symbol}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   469
\index{*": symbol}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   470
\index{*"<"= symbol}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   471
\begin{tabular}{rrrr} 
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   472
  \it symbol    & \it meta-type & \it priority & \it description \\ 
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   473
  \tt ``        & $[\alpha\To\beta ,\alpha\,set]\To  \beta\,set$
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   474
        & Left 90 & image \\
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   475
  \sdx{Int}     & $[\alpha\,set,\alpha\,set]\To\alpha\,set$
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   476
        & Left 70 & intersection ($\int$) \\
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   477
  \sdx{Un}      & $[\alpha\,set,\alpha\,set]\To\alpha\,set$
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   478
        & Left 65 & union ($\un$) \\
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   479
  \tt:          & $[\alpha ,\alpha\,set]\To bool$       
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   480
        & Left 50 & membership ($\in$) \\
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   481
  \tt <=        & $[\alpha\,set,\alpha\,set]\To bool$
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   482
        & Left 50 & subset ($\subseteq$) 
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   483
\end{tabular}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   484
\end{center}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   485
\subcaption{Infixes}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   486
\caption{Syntax of the theory \texttt{Set}} \label{hol-set-syntax}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   487
\end{figure} 
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   488
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   489
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   490
\begin{figure} 
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   491
\begin{center} \tt\frenchspacing
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   492
\index{*"! symbol}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   493
\begin{tabular}{rrr} 
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   494
  \it external          & \it internal  & \it description \\ 
9212
4afe62073b41 overloading, axclasses, numerals and general tidying
paulson
parents: 8628
diff changeset
   495
  $a$ \ttilde: $b$      & \ttilde($a$ : $b$)    & \rm not in\\
6580
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   496
  {\ttlbrace}$a@1$, $\ldots${\ttrbrace}  &  insert $a@1$ $\ldots$ {\ttlbrace}{\ttrbrace} & \rm finite set \\
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   497
  {\ttlbrace}$x$. $P[x]${\ttrbrace}        &  Collect($\lambda x. P[x]$) &
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   498
        \rm comprehension \\
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   499
  \sdx{INT} $x$:$A$. $B[x]$      & INTER $A$ $\lambda x. B[x]$ &
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   500
        \rm intersection \\
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   501
  \sdx{UN}{\tt\ }  $x$:$A$. $B[x]$      & UNION $A$ $\lambda x. B[x]$ &
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   502
        \rm union \\
9212
4afe62073b41 overloading, axclasses, numerals and general tidying
paulson
parents: 8628
diff changeset
   503
  \sdx{ALL} $x$:$A$.\ $P[x]$ or \texttt{!} $x$:$A$.\ $P[x]$ &
4afe62073b41 overloading, axclasses, numerals and general tidying
paulson
parents: 8628
diff changeset
   504
        Ball $A$ $\lambda x.\ P[x]$ & 
6580
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   505
        \rm bounded $\forall$ \\
9212
4afe62073b41 overloading, axclasses, numerals and general tidying
paulson
parents: 8628
diff changeset
   506
  \sdx{EX}{\tt\ } $x$:$A$.\ $P[x]$ or \texttt{?} $x$:$A$.\ $P[x]$ & 
4afe62073b41 overloading, axclasses, numerals and general tidying
paulson
parents: 8628
diff changeset
   507
        Bex $A$ $\lambda x.\ P[x]$ & \rm bounded $\exists$
6580
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   508
\end{tabular}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   509
\end{center}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   510
\subcaption{Translations}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   511
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   512
\dquotes
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   513
\[\begin{array}{rclcl}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   514
    term & = & \hbox{other terms\ldots} \\
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   515
         & | & "{\ttlbrace}{\ttrbrace}" \\
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   516
         & | & "{\ttlbrace} " term\; ("," term)^* " {\ttrbrace}" \\
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   517
         & | & "{\ttlbrace} " id " . " formula " {\ttrbrace}" \\
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   518
         & | & term " `` " term \\
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   519
         & | & term " Int " term \\
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   520
         & | & term " Un " term \\
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   521
         & | & "INT~~"  id ":" term " . " term \\
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   522
         & | & "UN~~~"  id ":" term " . " term \\
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   523
         & | & "INT~~"  id~id^* " . " term \\
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   524
         & | & "UN~~~"  id~id^* " . " term \\[2ex]
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   525
 formula & = & \hbox{other formulae\ldots} \\
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   526
         & | & term " : " term \\
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   527
         & | & term " \ttilde: " term \\
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   528
         & | & term " <= " term \\
7245
65ccac4e1f3f eliminated HOL_quantifiers (replaced by "HOL" print mode);
wenzelm
parents: 7044
diff changeset
   529
         & | & "ALL " id ":" term " . " formula
65ccac4e1f3f eliminated HOL_quantifiers (replaced by "HOL" print mode);
wenzelm
parents: 7044
diff changeset
   530
         & | & "!~" id ":" term " . " formula \\
6580
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   531
         & | & "EX~~" id ":" term " . " formula
7245
65ccac4e1f3f eliminated HOL_quantifiers (replaced by "HOL" print mode);
wenzelm
parents: 7044
diff changeset
   532
         & | & "?~" id ":" term " . " formula \\
6580
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   533
  \end{array}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   534
\]
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   535
\subcaption{Full Grammar}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   536
\caption{Syntax of the theory \texttt{Set} (continued)} \label{hol-set-syntax2}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   537
\end{figure} 
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   538
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   539
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   540
\section{A formulation of set theory}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   541
Historically, higher-order logic gives a foundation for Russell and
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   542
Whitehead's theory of classes.  Let us use modern terminology and call them
9695
ec7d7f877712 proper setup of iman.sty/extra.sty/ttbox.sty;
wenzelm
parents: 9258
diff changeset
   543
{\bf sets}, but note that these sets are distinct from those of ZF set theory,
ec7d7f877712 proper setup of iman.sty/extra.sty/ttbox.sty;
wenzelm
parents: 9258
diff changeset
   544
and behave more like ZF classes.
6580
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   545
\begin{itemize}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   546
\item
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   547
Sets are given by predicates over some type~$\sigma$.  Types serve to
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   548
define universes for sets, but type-checking is still significant.
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   549
\item
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   550
There is a universal set (for each type).  Thus, sets have complements, and
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   551
may be defined by absolute comprehension.
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   552
\item
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   553
Although sets may contain other sets as elements, the containing set must
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   554
have a more complex type.
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   555
\end{itemize}
9695
ec7d7f877712 proper setup of iman.sty/extra.sty/ttbox.sty;
wenzelm
parents: 9258
diff changeset
   556
Finite unions and intersections have the same behaviour in HOL as they do
ec7d7f877712 proper setup of iman.sty/extra.sty/ttbox.sty;
wenzelm
parents: 9258
diff changeset
   557
in~ZF.  In HOL the intersection of the empty set is well-defined, denoting the
ec7d7f877712 proper setup of iman.sty/extra.sty/ttbox.sty;
wenzelm
parents: 9258
diff changeset
   558
universal set for the given type.
6580
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   559
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   560
\subsection{Syntax of set theory}\index{*set type}
9695
ec7d7f877712 proper setup of iman.sty/extra.sty/ttbox.sty;
wenzelm
parents: 9258
diff changeset
   561
HOL's set theory is called \thydx{Set}.  The type $\alpha\,set$ is essentially
ec7d7f877712 proper setup of iman.sty/extra.sty/ttbox.sty;
wenzelm
parents: 9258
diff changeset
   562
the same as $\alpha\To bool$.  The new type is defined for clarity and to
ec7d7f877712 proper setup of iman.sty/extra.sty/ttbox.sty;
wenzelm
parents: 9258
diff changeset
   563
avoid complications involving function types in unification.  The isomorphisms
ec7d7f877712 proper setup of iman.sty/extra.sty/ttbox.sty;
wenzelm
parents: 9258
diff changeset
   564
between the two types are declared explicitly.  They are very natural:
ec7d7f877712 proper setup of iman.sty/extra.sty/ttbox.sty;
wenzelm
parents: 9258
diff changeset
   565
\texttt{Collect} maps $\alpha\To bool$ to $\alpha\,set$, while \hbox{\tt op :}
ec7d7f877712 proper setup of iman.sty/extra.sty/ttbox.sty;
wenzelm
parents: 9258
diff changeset
   566
maps in the other direction (ignoring argument order).
6580
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   567
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   568
Figure~\ref{hol-set-syntax} lists the constants, infixes, and syntax
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   569
translations.  Figure~\ref{hol-set-syntax2} presents the grammar of the new
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   570
constructs.  Infix operators include union and intersection ($A\un B$
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   571
and $A\int B$), the subset and membership relations, and the image
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   572
operator~{\tt``}\@.  Note that $a$\verb|~:|$b$ is translated to
7490
9a74b57740d1 added smp_tac
oheimb
parents: 7328
diff changeset
   573
$\lnot(a\in b)$.  
6580
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   574
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   575
The $\{a@1,\ldots\}$ notation abbreviates finite sets constructed in
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   576
the obvious manner using~\texttt{insert} and~$\{\}$:
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   577
\begin{eqnarray*}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   578
  \{a, b, c\} & \equiv &
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   579
  \texttt{insert} \, a \, ({\tt insert} \, b \, ({\tt insert} \, c \, \{\}))
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   580
\end{eqnarray*}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   581
9695
ec7d7f877712 proper setup of iman.sty/extra.sty/ttbox.sty;
wenzelm
parents: 9258
diff changeset
   582
The set \hbox{\tt{\ttlbrace}$x$.\ $P[x]${\ttrbrace}} consists of all $x$ (of
ec7d7f877712 proper setup of iman.sty/extra.sty/ttbox.sty;
wenzelm
parents: 9258
diff changeset
   583
suitable type) that satisfy~$P[x]$, where $P[x]$ is a formula that may contain
ec7d7f877712 proper setup of iman.sty/extra.sty/ttbox.sty;
wenzelm
parents: 9258
diff changeset
   584
free occurrences of~$x$.  This syntax expands to \cdx{Collect}$(\lambda x.
ec7d7f877712 proper setup of iman.sty/extra.sty/ttbox.sty;
wenzelm
parents: 9258
diff changeset
   585
P[x])$.  It defines sets by absolute comprehension, which is impossible in~ZF;
ec7d7f877712 proper setup of iman.sty/extra.sty/ttbox.sty;
wenzelm
parents: 9258
diff changeset
   586
the type of~$x$ implicitly restricts the comprehension.
6580
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   587
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   588
The set theory defines two {\bf bounded quantifiers}:
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   589
\begin{eqnarray*}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   590
   \forall x\in A. P[x] &\hbox{abbreviates}& \forall x. x\in A\imp P[x] \\
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   591
   \exists x\in A. P[x] &\hbox{abbreviates}& \exists x. x\in A\conj P[x]
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   592
\end{eqnarray*}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   593
The constants~\cdx{Ball} and~\cdx{Bex} are defined
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   594
accordingly.  Instead of \texttt{Ball $A$ $P$} and \texttt{Bex $A$ $P$} we may
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   595
write\index{*"! symbol}\index{*"? symbol}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   596
\index{*ALL symbol}\index{*EX symbol} 
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   597
%
7245
65ccac4e1f3f eliminated HOL_quantifiers (replaced by "HOL" print mode);
wenzelm
parents: 7044
diff changeset
   598
\hbox{\tt ALL~$x$:$A$.\ $P[x]$} and \hbox{\tt EX~$x$:$A$.\ $P[x]$}.  The
9212
4afe62073b41 overloading, axclasses, numerals and general tidying
paulson
parents: 8628
diff changeset
   599
original notation of Gordon's {\sc hol} system is supported as well:
4afe62073b41 overloading, axclasses, numerals and general tidying
paulson
parents: 8628
diff changeset
   600
\texttt{!}\ and \texttt{?}.
6580
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   601
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   602
Unions and intersections over sets, namely $\bigcup@{x\in A}B[x]$ and
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   603
$\bigcap@{x\in A}B[x]$, are written 
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   604
\sdx{UN}~\hbox{\tt$x$:$A$.\ $B[x]$} and
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   605
\sdx{INT}~\hbox{\tt$x$:$A$.\ $B[x]$}.  
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   606
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   607
Unions and intersections over types, namely $\bigcup@x B[x]$ and $\bigcap@x
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   608
B[x]$, are written \sdx{UN}~\hbox{\tt$x$.\ $B[x]$} and
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   609
\sdx{INT}~\hbox{\tt$x$.\ $B[x]$}.  They are equivalent to the previous
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   610
union and intersection operators when $A$ is the universal set.
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   611
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   612
The operators $\bigcup A$ and $\bigcap A$ act upon sets of sets.  They are
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   613
not binders, but are equal to $\bigcup@{x\in A}x$ and $\bigcap@{x\in A}x$,
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   614
respectively.
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   615
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   616
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   617
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   618
\begin{figure} \underscoreon
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   619
\begin{ttbox}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   620
\tdx{mem_Collect_eq}    (a : {\ttlbrace}x. P x{\ttrbrace}) = P a
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   621
\tdx{Collect_mem_eq}    {\ttlbrace}x. x:A{\ttrbrace} = A
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   622
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   623
\tdx{empty_def}         {\ttlbrace}{\ttrbrace}          == {\ttlbrace}x. False{\ttrbrace}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   624
\tdx{insert_def}        insert a B  == {\ttlbrace}x. x=a{\ttrbrace} Un B
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   625
\tdx{Ball_def}          Ball A P    == ! x. x:A --> P x
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   626
\tdx{Bex_def}           Bex A P     == ? x. x:A & P x
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   627
\tdx{subset_def}        A <= B      == ! x:A. x:B
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   628
\tdx{Un_def}            A Un B      == {\ttlbrace}x. x:A | x:B{\ttrbrace}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   629
\tdx{Int_def}           A Int B     == {\ttlbrace}x. x:A & x:B{\ttrbrace}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   630
\tdx{set_diff_def}      A - B       == {\ttlbrace}x. x:A & x~:B{\ttrbrace}
9212
4afe62073b41 overloading, axclasses, numerals and general tidying
paulson
parents: 8628
diff changeset
   631
\tdx{Compl_def}         -A          == {\ttlbrace}x. ~ x:A{\ttrbrace}
6580
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   632
\tdx{INTER_def}         INTER A B   == {\ttlbrace}y. ! x:A. y: B x{\ttrbrace}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   633
\tdx{UNION_def}         UNION A B   == {\ttlbrace}y. ? x:A. y: B x{\ttrbrace}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   634
\tdx{INTER1_def}        INTER1 B    == INTER {\ttlbrace}x. True{\ttrbrace} B 
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   635
\tdx{UNION1_def}        UNION1 B    == UNION {\ttlbrace}x. True{\ttrbrace} B 
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   636
\tdx{Inter_def}         Inter S     == (INT x:S. x)
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   637
\tdx{Union_def}         Union S     == (UN  x:S. x)
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   638
\tdx{Pow_def}           Pow A       == {\ttlbrace}B. B <= A{\ttrbrace}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   639
\tdx{image_def}         f``A        == {\ttlbrace}y. ? x:A. y=f x{\ttrbrace}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   640
\tdx{range_def}         range f     == {\ttlbrace}y. ? x. y=f x{\ttrbrace}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   641
\end{ttbox}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   642
\caption{Rules of the theory \texttt{Set}} \label{hol-set-rules}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   643
\end{figure}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   644
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   645
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   646
\begin{figure} \underscoreon
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   647
\begin{ttbox}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   648
\tdx{CollectI}        [| P a |] ==> a : {\ttlbrace}x. P x{\ttrbrace}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   649
\tdx{CollectD}        [| a : {\ttlbrace}x. P x{\ttrbrace} |] ==> P a
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   650
\tdx{CollectE}        [| a : {\ttlbrace}x. P x{\ttrbrace};  P a ==> W |] ==> W
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   651
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   652
\tdx{ballI}           [| !!x. x:A ==> P x |] ==> ! x:A. P x
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   653
\tdx{bspec}           [| ! x:A. P x;  x:A |] ==> P x
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   654
\tdx{ballE}           [| ! x:A. P x;  P x ==> Q;  ~ x:A ==> Q |] ==> Q
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   655
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   656
\tdx{bexI}            [| P x;  x:A |] ==> ? x:A. P x
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   657
\tdx{bexCI}           [| ! x:A. ~ P x ==> P a;  a:A |] ==> ? x:A. P x
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   658
\tdx{bexE}            [| ? x:A. P x;  !!x. [| x:A; P x |] ==> Q  |] ==> Q
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   659
\subcaption{Comprehension and Bounded quantifiers}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   660
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   661
\tdx{subsetI}         (!!x. x:A ==> x:B) ==> A <= B
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   662
\tdx{subsetD}         [| A <= B;  c:A |] ==> c:B
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   663
\tdx{subsetCE}        [| A <= B;  ~ (c:A) ==> P;  c:B ==> P |] ==> P
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   664
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   665
\tdx{subset_refl}     A <= A
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   666
\tdx{subset_trans}    [| A<=B;  B<=C |] ==> A<=C
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   667
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   668
\tdx{equalityI}       [| A <= B;  B <= A |] ==> A = B
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   669
\tdx{equalityD1}      A = B ==> A<=B
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   670
\tdx{equalityD2}      A = B ==> B<=A
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   671
\tdx{equalityE}       [| A = B;  [| A<=B; B<=A |] ==> P |]  ==>  P
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   672
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   673
\tdx{equalityCE}      [| A = B;  [| c:A; c:B |] ==> P;  
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   674
                           [| ~ c:A; ~ c:B |] ==> P 
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   675
                |]  ==>  P
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   676
\subcaption{The subset and equality relations}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   677
\end{ttbox}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   678
\caption{Derived rules for set theory} \label{hol-set1}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   679
\end{figure}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   680
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   681
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   682
\begin{figure} \underscoreon
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   683
\begin{ttbox}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   684
\tdx{emptyE}   a : {\ttlbrace}{\ttrbrace} ==> P
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   685
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   686
\tdx{insertI1} a : insert a B
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   687
\tdx{insertI2} a : B ==> a : insert b B
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   688
\tdx{insertE}  [| a : insert b A;  a=b ==> P;  a:A ==> P |] ==> P
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   689
9212
4afe62073b41 overloading, axclasses, numerals and general tidying
paulson
parents: 8628
diff changeset
   690
\tdx{ComplI}   [| c:A ==> False |] ==> c : -A
4afe62073b41 overloading, axclasses, numerals and general tidying
paulson
parents: 8628
diff changeset
   691
\tdx{ComplD}   [| c : -A |] ==> ~ c:A
6580
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   692
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   693
\tdx{UnI1}     c:A ==> c : A Un B
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   694
\tdx{UnI2}     c:B ==> c : A Un B
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   695
\tdx{UnCI}     (~c:B ==> c:A) ==> c : A Un B
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   696
\tdx{UnE}      [| c : A Un B;  c:A ==> P;  c:B ==> P |] ==> P
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   697
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   698
\tdx{IntI}     [| c:A;  c:B |] ==> c : A Int B
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   699
\tdx{IntD1}    c : A Int B ==> c:A
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   700
\tdx{IntD2}    c : A Int B ==> c:B
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   701
\tdx{IntE}     [| c : A Int B;  [| c:A; c:B |] ==> P |] ==> P
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   702
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   703
\tdx{UN_I}     [| a:A;  b: B a |] ==> b: (UN x:A. B x)
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   704
\tdx{UN_E}     [| b: (UN x:A. B x);  !!x.[| x:A;  b:B x |] ==> R |] ==> R
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   705
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   706
\tdx{INT_I}    (!!x. x:A ==> b: B x) ==> b : (INT x:A. B x)
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   707
\tdx{INT_D}    [| b: (INT x:A. B x);  a:A |] ==> b: B a
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   708
\tdx{INT_E}    [| b: (INT x:A. B x);  b: B a ==> R;  ~ a:A ==> R |] ==> R
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   709
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   710
\tdx{UnionI}   [| X:C;  A:X |] ==> A : Union C
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   711
\tdx{UnionE}   [| A : Union C;  !!X.[| A:X;  X:C |] ==> R |] ==> R
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   712
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   713
\tdx{InterI}   [| !!X. X:C ==> A:X |] ==> A : Inter C
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   714
\tdx{InterD}   [| A : Inter C;  X:C |] ==> A:X
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   715
\tdx{InterE}   [| A : Inter C;  A:X ==> R;  ~ X:C ==> R |] ==> R
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   716
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   717
\tdx{PowI}     A<=B ==> A: Pow B
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   718
\tdx{PowD}     A: Pow B ==> A<=B
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   719
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   720
\tdx{imageI}   [| x:A |] ==> f x : f``A
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   721
\tdx{imageE}   [| b : f``A;  !!x.[| b=f x;  x:A |] ==> P |] ==> P
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   722
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   723
\tdx{rangeI}   f x : range f
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   724
\tdx{rangeE}   [| b : range f;  !!x.[| b=f x |] ==> P |] ==> P
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   725
\end{ttbox}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   726
\caption{Further derived rules for set theory} \label{hol-set2}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   727
\end{figure}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   728
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   729
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   730
\subsection{Axioms and rules of set theory}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   731
Figure~\ref{hol-set-rules} presents the rules of theory \thydx{Set}.  The
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   732
axioms \tdx{mem_Collect_eq} and \tdx{Collect_mem_eq} assert
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   733
that the functions \texttt{Collect} and \hbox{\tt op :} are isomorphisms.  Of
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   734
course, \hbox{\tt op :} also serves as the membership relation.
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   735
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   736
All the other axioms are definitions.  They include the empty set, bounded
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   737
quantifiers, unions, intersections, complements and the subset relation.
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   738
They also include straightforward constructions on functions: image~({\tt``})
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   739
and \texttt{range}.
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   740
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   741
%The predicate \cdx{inj_on} is used for simulating type definitions.
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   742
%The statement ${\tt inj_on}~f~A$ asserts that $f$ is injective on the
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   743
%set~$A$, which specifies a subset of its domain type.  In a type
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   744
%definition, $f$ is the abstraction function and $A$ is the set of valid
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   745
%representations; we should not expect $f$ to be injective outside of~$A$.
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   746
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   747
%\begin{figure} \underscoreon
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   748
%\begin{ttbox}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   749
%\tdx{Inv_f_f}    inj f ==> Inv f (f x) = x
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   750
%\tdx{f_Inv_f}    y : range f ==> f(Inv f y) = y
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   751
%
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   752
%\tdx{Inv_injective}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   753
%    [| Inv f x=Inv f y; x: range f;  y: range f |] ==> x=y
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   754
%
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   755
%
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   756
%\tdx{monoI}      [| !!A B. A <= B ==> f A <= f B |] ==> mono f
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   757
%\tdx{monoD}      [| mono f;  A <= B |] ==> f A <= f B
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   758
%
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   759
%\tdx{injI}       [| !! x y. f x = f y ==> x=y |] ==> inj f
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   760
%\tdx{inj_inverseI}              (!!x. g(f x) = x) ==> inj f
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   761
%\tdx{injD}       [| inj f; f x = f y |] ==> x=y
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   762
%
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   763
%\tdx{inj_onI}  (!!x y. [| f x=f y; x:A; y:A |] ==> x=y) ==> inj_on f A
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   764
%\tdx{inj_onD}  [| inj_on f A;  f x=f y;  x:A;  y:A |] ==> x=y
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   765
%
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   766
%\tdx{inj_on_inverseI}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   767
%    (!!x. x:A ==> g(f x) = x) ==> inj_on f A
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   768
%\tdx{inj_on_contraD}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   769
%    [| inj_on f A;  x~=y;  x:A;  y:A |] ==> ~ f x=f y
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   770
%\end{ttbox}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   771
%\caption{Derived rules involving functions} \label{hol-fun}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   772
%\end{figure}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   773
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   774
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   775
\begin{figure} \underscoreon
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   776
\begin{ttbox}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   777
\tdx{Union_upper}     B:A ==> B <= Union A
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   778
\tdx{Union_least}     [| !!X. X:A ==> X<=C |] ==> Union A <= C
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   779
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   780
\tdx{Inter_lower}     B:A ==> Inter A <= B
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   781
\tdx{Inter_greatest}  [| !!X. X:A ==> C<=X |] ==> C <= Inter A
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   782
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   783
\tdx{Un_upper1}       A <= A Un B
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   784
\tdx{Un_upper2}       B <= A Un B
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   785
\tdx{Un_least}        [| A<=C;  B<=C |] ==> A Un B <= C
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   786
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   787
\tdx{Int_lower1}      A Int B <= A
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   788
\tdx{Int_lower2}      A Int B <= B
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   789
\tdx{Int_greatest}    [| C<=A;  C<=B |] ==> C <= A Int B
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   790
\end{ttbox}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   791
\caption{Derived rules involving subsets} \label{hol-subset}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   792
\end{figure}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   793
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   794
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   795
\begin{figure} \underscoreon   \hfuzz=4pt%suppress "Overfull \hbox" message
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   796
\begin{ttbox}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   797
\tdx{Int_absorb}        A Int A = A
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   798
\tdx{Int_commute}       A Int B = B Int A
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   799
\tdx{Int_assoc}         (A Int B) Int C  =  A Int (B Int C)
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   800
\tdx{Int_Un_distrib}    (A Un B)  Int C  =  (A Int C) Un (B Int C)
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   801
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   802
\tdx{Un_absorb}         A Un A = A
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   803
\tdx{Un_commute}        A Un B = B Un A
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   804
\tdx{Un_assoc}          (A Un B)  Un C  =  A Un (B Un C)
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   805
\tdx{Un_Int_distrib}    (A Int B) Un C  =  (A Un C) Int (B Un C)
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   806
9212
4afe62073b41 overloading, axclasses, numerals and general tidying
paulson
parents: 8628
diff changeset
   807
\tdx{Compl_disjoint}    A Int (-A) = {\ttlbrace}x. False{\ttrbrace}
4afe62073b41 overloading, axclasses, numerals and general tidying
paulson
parents: 8628
diff changeset
   808
\tdx{Compl_partition}   A Un  (-A) = {\ttlbrace}x. True{\ttrbrace}
4afe62073b41 overloading, axclasses, numerals and general tidying
paulson
parents: 8628
diff changeset
   809
\tdx{double_complement} -(-A) = A
4afe62073b41 overloading, axclasses, numerals and general tidying
paulson
parents: 8628
diff changeset
   810
\tdx{Compl_Un}          -(A Un B)  = (-A) Int (-B)
4afe62073b41 overloading, axclasses, numerals and general tidying
paulson
parents: 8628
diff changeset
   811
\tdx{Compl_Int}         -(A Int B) = (-A) Un (-B)
6580
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   812
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   813
\tdx{Union_Un_distrib}  Union(A Un B) = (Union A) Un (Union B)
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   814
\tdx{Int_Union}         A Int (Union B) = (UN C:B. A Int C)
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   815
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   816
\tdx{Inter_Un_distrib}  Inter(A Un B) = (Inter A) Int (Inter B)
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   817
\tdx{Un_Inter}          A Un (Inter B) = (INT C:B. A Un C)
14013
dd80d4654926 moved % comments out of ttboxes
kleing
parents: 13028
diff changeset
   818
6580
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   819
\end{ttbox}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   820
\caption{Set equalities} \label{hol-equalities}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   821
\end{figure}
14013
dd80d4654926 moved % comments out of ttboxes
kleing
parents: 13028
diff changeset
   822
%\tdx{Un_Union_image}    (UN x:C.(A x) Un (B x)) = Union(A``C) Un Union(B``C)
dd80d4654926 moved % comments out of ttboxes
kleing
parents: 13028
diff changeset
   823
%\tdx{Int_Inter_image}   (INT x:C.(A x) Int (B x)) = Inter(A``C) Int Inter(B``C)
6580
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   824
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   825
Figures~\ref{hol-set1} and~\ref{hol-set2} present derived rules.  Most are
9695
ec7d7f877712 proper setup of iman.sty/extra.sty/ttbox.sty;
wenzelm
parents: 9258
diff changeset
   826
obvious and resemble rules of Isabelle's ZF set theory.  Certain rules, such
ec7d7f877712 proper setup of iman.sty/extra.sty/ttbox.sty;
wenzelm
parents: 9258
diff changeset
   827
as \tdx{subsetCE}, \tdx{bexCI} and \tdx{UnCI}, are designed for classical
ec7d7f877712 proper setup of iman.sty/extra.sty/ttbox.sty;
wenzelm
parents: 9258
diff changeset
   828
reasoning; the rules \tdx{subsetD}, \tdx{bexI}, \tdx{Un1} and~\tdx{Un2} are
ec7d7f877712 proper setup of iman.sty/extra.sty/ttbox.sty;
wenzelm
parents: 9258
diff changeset
   829
not strictly necessary but yield more natural proofs.  Similarly,
ec7d7f877712 proper setup of iman.sty/extra.sty/ttbox.sty;
wenzelm
parents: 9258
diff changeset
   830
\tdx{equalityCE} supports classical reasoning about extensionality, after the
ec7d7f877712 proper setup of iman.sty/extra.sty/ttbox.sty;
wenzelm
parents: 9258
diff changeset
   831
fashion of \tdx{iffCE}.  See the file \texttt{HOL/Set.ML} for proofs
ec7d7f877712 proper setup of iman.sty/extra.sty/ttbox.sty;
wenzelm
parents: 9258
diff changeset
   832
pertaining to set theory.
6580
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   833
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   834
Figure~\ref{hol-subset} presents lattice properties of the subset relation.
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   835
Unions form least upper bounds; non-empty intersections form greatest lower
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   836
bounds.  Reasoning directly about subsets often yields clearer proofs than
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   837
reasoning about the membership relation.  See the file \texttt{HOL/subset.ML}.
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   838
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   839
Figure~\ref{hol-equalities} presents many common set equalities.  They
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   840
include commutative, associative and distributive laws involving unions,
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   841
intersections and complements.  For a complete listing see the file {\tt
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   842
HOL/equalities.ML}.
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   843
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   844
\begin{warn}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   845
\texttt{Blast_tac} proves many set-theoretic theorems automatically.
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   846
Hence you seldom need to refer to the theorems above.
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   847
\end{warn}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   848
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   849
\begin{figure}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   850
\begin{center}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   851
\begin{tabular}{rrr}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   852
  \it name      &\it meta-type  & \it description \\ 
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   853
  \cdx{inj}~~\cdx{surj}& $(\alpha\To\beta )\To bool$
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   854
        & injective/surjective \\
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   855
  \cdx{inj_on}        & $[\alpha\To\beta ,\alpha\,set]\To bool$
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   856
        & injective over subset\\
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   857
  \cdx{inv} & $(\alpha\To\beta)\To(\beta\To\alpha)$ & inverse function
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   858
\end{tabular}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   859
\end{center}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   860
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   861
\underscoreon
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   862
\begin{ttbox}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   863
\tdx{inj_def}         inj f      == ! x y. f x=f y --> x=y
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   864
\tdx{surj_def}        surj f     == ! y. ? x. y=f x
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   865
\tdx{inj_on_def}      inj_on f A == !x:A. !y:A. f x=f y --> x=y
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   866
\tdx{inv_def}         inv f      == (\%y. @x. f(x)=y)
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   867
\end{ttbox}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   868
\caption{Theory \thydx{Fun}} \label{fig:HOL:Fun}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   869
\end{figure}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   870
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   871
\subsection{Properties of functions}\nopagebreak
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   872
Figure~\ref{fig:HOL:Fun} presents a theory of simple properties of functions.
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   873
Note that ${\tt inv}~f$ uses Hilbert's $\varepsilon$ to yield an inverse
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   874
of~$f$.  See the file \texttt{HOL/Fun.ML} for a complete listing of the derived
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   875
rules.  Reasoning about function composition (the operator~\sdx{o}) and the
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   876
predicate~\cdx{surj} is done simply by expanding the definitions.
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   877
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   878
There is also a large collection of monotonicity theorems for constructions
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   879
on sets in the file \texttt{HOL/mono.ML}.
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   880
7283
5cfe2944910a documented svc_tac
paulson
parents: 7245
diff changeset
   881
42924
bd8d78745a7d removed some old stuff;
wenzelm
parents: 42914
diff changeset
   882
\section{Simplification and substitution}
6580
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   883
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   884
Simplification tactics tactics such as \texttt{Asm_simp_tac} and \texttt{Full_simp_tac} use the default simpset
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   885
(\texttt{simpset()}), which works for most purposes.  A quite minimal
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   886
simplification set for higher-order logic is~\ttindexbold{HOL_ss};
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   887
even more frugal is \ttindexbold{HOL_basic_ss}.  Equality~($=$), which
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   888
also expresses logical equivalence, may be used for rewriting.  See
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   889
the file \texttt{HOL/simpdata.ML} for a complete listing of the basic
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   890
simplification rules.
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   891
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   892
See \iflabelundefined{chap:classical}{the {\em Reference Manual\/}}%
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   893
{Chaps.\ts\ref{substitution} and~\ref{simp-chap}} for details of substitution
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   894
and simplification.
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   895
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   896
\begin{warn}\index{simplification!of conjunctions}%
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   897
  Reducing $a=b\conj P(a)$ to $a=b\conj P(b)$ is sometimes advantageous.  The
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   898
  left part of a conjunction helps in simplifying the right part.  This effect
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   899
  is not available by default: it can be slow.  It can be obtained by
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   900
  including \ttindex{conj_cong} in a simpset, \verb$addcongs [conj_cong]$.
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   901
\end{warn}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   902
8604
c99e0024050c *** empty log message ***
nipkow
parents: 8443
diff changeset
   903
\begin{warn}\index{simplification!of \texttt{if}}\label{if-simp}%
c99e0024050c *** empty log message ***
nipkow
parents: 8443
diff changeset
   904
  By default only the condition of an \ttindex{if} is simplified but not the
c99e0024050c *** empty log message ***
nipkow
parents: 8443
diff changeset
   905
  \texttt{then} and \texttt{else} parts. Of course the latter are simplified
c99e0024050c *** empty log message ***
nipkow
parents: 8443
diff changeset
   906
  once the condition simplifies to \texttt{True} or \texttt{False}. To ensure
c99e0024050c *** empty log message ***
nipkow
parents: 8443
diff changeset
   907
  full simplification of all parts of a conditional you must remove
c99e0024050c *** empty log message ***
nipkow
parents: 8443
diff changeset
   908
  \ttindex{if_weak_cong} from the simpset, \verb$delcongs [if_weak_cong]$.
c99e0024050c *** empty log message ***
nipkow
parents: 8443
diff changeset
   909
\end{warn}
c99e0024050c *** empty log message ***
nipkow
parents: 8443
diff changeset
   910
6580
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   911
If the simplifier cannot use a certain rewrite rule --- either because
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   912
of nontermination or because its left-hand side is too flexible ---
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   913
then you might try \texttt{stac}:
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   914
\begin{ttdescription}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   915
\item[\ttindexbold{stac} $thm$ $i,$] where $thm$ is of the form $lhs = rhs$,
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   916
  replaces in subgoal $i$ instances of $lhs$ by corresponding instances of
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   917
  $rhs$.  In case of multiple instances of $lhs$ in subgoal $i$, backtracking
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   918
  may be necessary to select the desired ones.
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   919
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   920
If $thm$ is a conditional equality, the instantiated condition becomes an
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   921
additional (first) subgoal.
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   922
\end{ttdescription}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   923
9695
ec7d7f877712 proper setup of iman.sty/extra.sty/ttbox.sty;
wenzelm
parents: 9258
diff changeset
   924
HOL provides the tactic \ttindex{hyp_subst_tac}, which substitutes for an
ec7d7f877712 proper setup of iman.sty/extra.sty/ttbox.sty;
wenzelm
parents: 9258
diff changeset
   925
equality throughout a subgoal and its hypotheses.  This tactic uses HOL's
ec7d7f877712 proper setup of iman.sty/extra.sty/ttbox.sty;
wenzelm
parents: 9258
diff changeset
   926
general substitution rule.
6580
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   927
42924
bd8d78745a7d removed some old stuff;
wenzelm
parents: 42914
diff changeset
   928
\subsection{Case splitting}
6580
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   929
\label{subsec:HOL:case:splitting}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   930
9695
ec7d7f877712 proper setup of iman.sty/extra.sty/ttbox.sty;
wenzelm
parents: 9258
diff changeset
   931
HOL also provides convenient means for case splitting during rewriting. Goals
ec7d7f877712 proper setup of iman.sty/extra.sty/ttbox.sty;
wenzelm
parents: 9258
diff changeset
   932
containing a subterm of the form \texttt{if}~$b$~{\tt then\dots else\dots}
ec7d7f877712 proper setup of iman.sty/extra.sty/ttbox.sty;
wenzelm
parents: 9258
diff changeset
   933
often require a case distinction on $b$. This is expressed by the theorem
ec7d7f877712 proper setup of iman.sty/extra.sty/ttbox.sty;
wenzelm
parents: 9258
diff changeset
   934
\tdx{split_if}:
6580
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   935
$$
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   936
\Var{P}(\mbox{\tt if}~\Var{b}~{\tt then}~\Var{x}~\mbox{\tt else}~\Var{y})~=~
7490
9a74b57740d1 added smp_tac
oheimb
parents: 7328
diff changeset
   937
((\Var{b} \to \Var{P}(\Var{x})) \land (\lnot \Var{b} \to \Var{P}(\Var{y})))
6580
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   938
\eqno{(*)}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   939
$$
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   940
For example, a simple instance of $(*)$ is
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   941
\[
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   942
x \in (\mbox{\tt if}~x \in A~{\tt then}~A~\mbox{\tt else}~\{x\})~=~
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   943
((x \in A \to x \in A) \land (x \notin A \to x \in \{x\}))
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   944
\]
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   945
Because $(*)$ is too general as a rewrite rule for the simplifier (the
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   946
left-hand side is not a higher-order pattern in the sense of
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   947
\iflabelundefined{chap:simplification}{the {\em Reference Manual\/}}%
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   948
{Chap.\ts\ref{chap:simplification}}), there is a special infix function 
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   949
\ttindexbold{addsplits} of type \texttt{simpset * thm list -> simpset}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   950
(analogous to \texttt{addsimps}) that adds rules such as $(*)$ to a
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   951
simpset, as in
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   952
\begin{ttbox}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   953
by(simp_tac (simpset() addsplits [split_if]) 1);
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   954
\end{ttbox}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   955
The effect is that after each round of simplification, one occurrence of
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   956
\texttt{if} is split acording to \texttt{split_if}, until all occurences of
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   957
\texttt{if} have been eliminated.
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   958
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   959
It turns out that using \texttt{split_if} is almost always the right thing to
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   960
do. Hence \texttt{split_if} is already included in the default simpset. If
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   961
you want to delete it from a simpset, use \ttindexbold{delsplits}, which is
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   962
the inverse of \texttt{addsplits}:
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   963
\begin{ttbox}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   964
by(simp_tac (simpset() delsplits [split_if]) 1);
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   965
\end{ttbox}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   966
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   967
In general, \texttt{addsplits} accepts rules of the form
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   968
\[
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   969
\Var{P}(c~\Var{x@1}~\dots~\Var{x@n})~=~ rhs
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   970
\]
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   971
where $c$ is a constant and $rhs$ is arbitrary. Note that $(*)$ is of the
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   972
right form because internally the left-hand side is
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   973
$\Var{P}(\mathtt{If}~\Var{b}~\Var{x}~~\Var{y})$. Important further examples
7490
9a74b57740d1 added smp_tac
oheimb
parents: 7328
diff changeset
   974
are splitting rules for \texttt{case} expressions (see~{\S}\ref{subsec:list}
9a74b57740d1 added smp_tac
oheimb
parents: 7328
diff changeset
   975
and~{\S}\ref{subsec:datatype:basics}).
6580
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   976
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   977
Analogous to \texttt{Addsimps} and \texttt{Delsimps}, there are also
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   978
imperative versions of \texttt{addsplits} and \texttt{delsplits}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   979
\begin{ttbox}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   980
\ttindexbold{Addsplits}: thm list -> unit
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   981
\ttindexbold{Delsplits}: thm list -> unit
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   982
\end{ttbox}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   983
for adding splitting rules to, and deleting them from the current simpset.
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   984
7283
5cfe2944910a documented svc_tac
paulson
parents: 7245
diff changeset
   985
6580
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   986
\section{Types}\label{sec:HOL:Types}
9695
ec7d7f877712 proper setup of iman.sty/extra.sty/ttbox.sty;
wenzelm
parents: 9258
diff changeset
   987
This section describes HOL's basic predefined types ($\alpha \times \beta$,
ec7d7f877712 proper setup of iman.sty/extra.sty/ttbox.sty;
wenzelm
parents: 9258
diff changeset
   988
$\alpha + \beta$, $nat$ and $\alpha \; list$) and ways for introducing new
ec7d7f877712 proper setup of iman.sty/extra.sty/ttbox.sty;
wenzelm
parents: 9258
diff changeset
   989
types in general.  The most important type construction, the
ec7d7f877712 proper setup of iman.sty/extra.sty/ttbox.sty;
wenzelm
parents: 9258
diff changeset
   990
\texttt{datatype}, is treated separately in {\S}\ref{sec:HOL:datatype}.
6580
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   991
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   992
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   993
\subsection{Product and sum types}\index{*"* type}\index{*"+ type}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   994
\label{subsec:prod-sum}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   995
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   996
\begin{figure}[htbp]
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   997
\begin{constants}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   998
  \it symbol    & \it meta-type &           & \it description \\ 
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
   999
  \cdx{Pair}    & $[\alpha,\beta]\To \alpha\times\beta$
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1000
        & & ordered pairs $(a,b)$ \\
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1001
  \cdx{fst}     & $\alpha\times\beta \To \alpha$        & & first projection\\
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1002
  \cdx{snd}     & $\alpha\times\beta \To \beta$         & & second projection\\
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1003
  \cdx{split}   & $[[\alpha,\beta]\To\gamma, \alpha\times\beta] \To \gamma$ 
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1004
        & & generalized projection\\
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1005
  \cdx{Sigma}  & 
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1006
        $[\alpha\,set, \alpha\To\beta\,set]\To(\alpha\times\beta)set$ &
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1007
        & general sum of sets
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1008
\end{constants}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1009
%\tdx{fst_def}      fst p     == @a. ? b. p = (a,b)
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1010
%\tdx{snd_def}      snd p     == @b. ? a. p = (a,b)
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1011
%\tdx{split_def}    split c p == c (fst p) (snd p)
14013
dd80d4654926 moved % comments out of ttboxes
kleing
parents: 13028
diff changeset
  1012
\begin{ttbox}\makeatletter
6580
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1013
\tdx{Sigma_def}    Sigma A B == UN x:A. UN y:B x. {\ttlbrace}(x,y){\ttrbrace}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1014
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1015
\tdx{Pair_eq}      ((a,b) = (a',b')) = (a=a' & b=b')
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1016
\tdx{Pair_inject}  [| (a, b) = (a',b');  [| a=a';  b=b' |] ==> R |] ==> R
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1017
\tdx{PairE}        [| !!x y. p = (x,y) ==> Q |] ==> Q
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1018
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1019
\tdx{fst_conv}     fst (a,b) = a
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1020
\tdx{snd_conv}     snd (a,b) = b
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1021
\tdx{surjective_pairing}  p = (fst p,snd p)
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1022
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1023
\tdx{split}        split c (a,b) = c a b
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1024
\tdx{split_split}  R(split c p) = (! x y. p = (x,y) --> R(c x y))
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1025
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1026
\tdx{SigmaI}    [| a:A;  b:B a |] ==> (a,b) : Sigma A B
9212
4afe62073b41 overloading, axclasses, numerals and general tidying
paulson
parents: 8628
diff changeset
  1027
4afe62073b41 overloading, axclasses, numerals and general tidying
paulson
parents: 8628
diff changeset
  1028
\tdx{SigmaE}    [| c:Sigma A B; !!x y.[| x:A; y:B x; c=(x,y) |] ==> P 
4afe62073b41 overloading, axclasses, numerals and general tidying
paulson
parents: 8628
diff changeset
  1029
          |] ==> P
6580
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1030
\end{ttbox}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1031
\caption{Type $\alpha\times\beta$}\label{hol-prod}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1032
\end{figure} 
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1033
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1034
Theory \thydx{Prod} (Fig.\ts\ref{hol-prod}) defines the product type
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1035
$\alpha\times\beta$, with the ordered pair syntax $(a, b)$.  General
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1036
tuples are simulated by pairs nested to the right:
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1037
\begin{center}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1038
\begin{tabular}{c|c}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1039
external & internal \\
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1040
\hline
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1041
$\tau@1 \times \dots \times \tau@n$ & $\tau@1 \times (\dots (\tau@{n-1} \times \tau@n)\dots)$ \\
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1042
\hline
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1043
$(t@1,\dots,t@n)$ & $(t@1,(\dots,(t@{n-1},t@n)\dots)$ \\
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1044
\end{tabular}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1045
\end{center}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1046
In addition, it is possible to use tuples
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1047
as patterns in abstractions:
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1048
\begin{center}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1049
{\tt\%($x$,$y$). $t$} \quad stands for\quad \texttt{split(\%$x$\thinspace$y$.\ $t$)} 
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1050
\end{center}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1051
Nested patterns are also supported.  They are translated stepwise:
9212
4afe62073b41 overloading, axclasses, numerals and general tidying
paulson
parents: 8628
diff changeset
  1052
\begin{eqnarray*}
4afe62073b41 overloading, axclasses, numerals and general tidying
paulson
parents: 8628
diff changeset
  1053
\hbox{\tt\%($x$,$y$,$z$).\ $t$} 
4afe62073b41 overloading, axclasses, numerals and general tidying
paulson
parents: 8628
diff changeset
  1054
   & \leadsto & \hbox{\tt\%($x$,($y$,$z$)).\ $t$} \\
4afe62073b41 overloading, axclasses, numerals and general tidying
paulson
parents: 8628
diff changeset
  1055
   & \leadsto & \hbox{\tt split(\%$x$.\%($y$,$z$).\ $t$)}\\
4afe62073b41 overloading, axclasses, numerals and general tidying
paulson
parents: 8628
diff changeset
  1056
   & \leadsto & \hbox{\tt split(\%$x$.\ split(\%$y$ $z$.\ $t$))}
4afe62073b41 overloading, axclasses, numerals and general tidying
paulson
parents: 8628
diff changeset
  1057
\end{eqnarray*}
4afe62073b41 overloading, axclasses, numerals and general tidying
paulson
parents: 8628
diff changeset
  1058
The reverse translation is performed upon printing.
6580
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1059
\begin{warn}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1060
  The translation between patterns and \texttt{split} is performed automatically
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1061
  by the parser and printer.  Thus the internal and external form of a term
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1062
  may differ, which can affects proofs.  For example the term {\tt
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1063
  (\%(x,y).(y,x))(a,b)} requires the theorem \texttt{split} (which is in the
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1064
  default simpset) to rewrite to {\tt(b,a)}.
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1065
\end{warn}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1066
In addition to explicit $\lambda$-abstractions, patterns can be used in any
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1067
variable binding construct which is internally described by a
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1068
$\lambda$-abstraction.  Some important examples are
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1069
\begin{description}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1070
\item[Let:] \texttt{let {\it pattern} = $t$ in $u$}
10109
dcb72400bc32 record proof tools: t.equality;
wenzelm
parents: 10052
diff changeset
  1071
\item[Quantifiers:] \texttt{ALL~{\it pattern}:$A$.~$P$}
dcb72400bc32 record proof tools: t.equality;
wenzelm
parents: 10052
diff changeset
  1072
\item[Choice:] {\underscoreon \tt SOME~{\it pattern}.~$P$}
6580
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1073
\item[Set operations:] \texttt{UN~{\it pattern}:$A$.~$B$}
10109
dcb72400bc32 record proof tools: t.equality;
wenzelm
parents: 10052
diff changeset
  1074
\item[Sets:] \texttt{{\ttlbrace}{\it pattern}.~$P${\ttrbrace}}
6580
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1075
\end{description}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1076
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1077
There is a simple tactic which supports reasoning about patterns:
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1078
\begin{ttdescription}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1079
\item[\ttindexbold{split_all_tac} $i$] replaces in subgoal $i$ all
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1080
  {\tt!!}-quantified variables of product type by individual variables for
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1081
  each component.  A simple example:
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1082
\begin{ttbox}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1083
{\out 1. !!p. (\%(x,y,z). (x, y, z)) p = p}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1084
by(split_all_tac 1);
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1085
{\out 1. !!x xa ya. (\%(x,y,z). (x, y, z)) (x, xa, ya) = (x, xa, ya)}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1086
\end{ttbox}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1087
\end{ttdescription}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1088
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1089
Theory \texttt{Prod} also introduces the degenerate product type \texttt{unit}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1090
which contains only a single element named {\tt()} with the property
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1091
\begin{ttbox}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1092
\tdx{unit_eq}       u = ()
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1093
\end{ttbox}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1094
\bigskip
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1095
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1096
Theory \thydx{Sum} (Fig.~\ref{hol-sum}) defines the sum type $\alpha+\beta$
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1097
which associates to the right and has a lower priority than $*$: $\tau@1 +
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1098
\tau@2 + \tau@3*\tau@4$ means $\tau@1 + (\tau@2 + (\tau@3*\tau@4))$.
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1099
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1100
The definition of products and sums in terms of existing types is not
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1101
shown.  The constructions are fairly standard and can be found in the
7325
01bb8abb5a91 Some changes in sections about Sum and Nat.
berghofe
parents: 7283
diff changeset
  1102
respective theory files. Although the sum and product types are
01bb8abb5a91 Some changes in sections about Sum and Nat.
berghofe
parents: 7283
diff changeset
  1103
constructed manually for foundational reasons, they are represented as
42909
66b189dc5b83 updated and re-unified HOL rep_datatype;
wenzelm
parents: 42907
diff changeset
  1104
actual datatypes later.
6580
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1105
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1106
\begin{figure}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1107
\begin{constants}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1108
  \it symbol    & \it meta-type &           & \it description \\ 
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1109
  \cdx{Inl}     & $\alpha \To \alpha+\beta$    & & first injection\\
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1110
  \cdx{Inr}     & $\beta \To \alpha+\beta$     & & second injection\\
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1111
  \cdx{sum_case} & $[\alpha\To\gamma, \beta\To\gamma, \alpha+\beta] \To\gamma$
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1112
        & & conditional
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1113
\end{constants}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1114
\begin{ttbox}\makeatletter
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1115
\tdx{Inl_not_Inr}    Inl a ~= Inr b
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1116
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1117
\tdx{inj_Inl}        inj Inl
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1118
\tdx{inj_Inr}        inj Inr
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1119
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1120
\tdx{sumE}           [| !!x. P(Inl x);  !!y. P(Inr y) |] ==> P s
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1121
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1122
\tdx{sum_case_Inl}   sum_case f g (Inl x) = f x
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1123
\tdx{sum_case_Inr}   sum_case f g (Inr x) = g x
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1124
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1125
\tdx{surjective_sum} sum_case (\%x. f(Inl x)) (\%y. f(Inr y)) s = f s
7325
01bb8abb5a91 Some changes in sections about Sum and Nat.
berghofe
parents: 7283
diff changeset
  1126
\tdx{sum.split_case} R(sum_case f g s) = ((! x. s = Inl(x) --> R(f(x))) &
6580
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1127
                                     (! y. s = Inr(y) --> R(g(y))))
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1128
\end{ttbox}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1129
\caption{Type $\alpha+\beta$}\label{hol-sum}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1130
\end{figure}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1131
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1132
\begin{figure}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1133
\index{*"< symbol}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1134
\index{*"* symbol}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1135
\index{*div symbol}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1136
\index{*mod symbol}
9212
4afe62073b41 overloading, axclasses, numerals and general tidying
paulson
parents: 8628
diff changeset
  1137
\index{*dvd symbol}
6580
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1138
\index{*"+ symbol}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1139
\index{*"- symbol}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1140
\begin{constants}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1141
  \it symbol    & \it meta-type & \it priority & \it description \\ 
9212
4afe62073b41 overloading, axclasses, numerals and general tidying
paulson
parents: 8628
diff changeset
  1142
  \cdx{0}       & $\alpha$  & & zero \\
6580
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1143
  \cdx{Suc}     & $nat \To nat$ & & successor function\\
9212
4afe62073b41 overloading, axclasses, numerals and general tidying
paulson
parents: 8628
diff changeset
  1144
  \tt *    & $[\alpha,\alpha]\To \alpha$    &  Left 70 & multiplication \\
4afe62073b41 overloading, axclasses, numerals and general tidying
paulson
parents: 8628
diff changeset
  1145
  \tt div  & $[\alpha,\alpha]\To \alpha$    &  Left 70 & division\\
4afe62073b41 overloading, axclasses, numerals and general tidying
paulson
parents: 8628
diff changeset
  1146
  \tt mod  & $[\alpha,\alpha]\To \alpha$    &  Left 70 & modulus\\
4afe62073b41 overloading, axclasses, numerals and general tidying
paulson
parents: 8628
diff changeset
  1147
  \tt dvd  & $[\alpha,\alpha]\To bool$     &  Left 70 & ``divides'' relation\\
4afe62073b41 overloading, axclasses, numerals and general tidying
paulson
parents: 8628
diff changeset
  1148
  \tt +    & $[\alpha,\alpha]\To \alpha$    &  Left 65 & addition\\
4afe62073b41 overloading, axclasses, numerals and general tidying
paulson
parents: 8628
diff changeset
  1149
  \tt -    & $[\alpha,\alpha]\To \alpha$    &  Left 65 & subtraction
6580
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1150
\end{constants}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1151
\subcaption{Constants and infixes}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1152
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1153
\begin{ttbox}\makeatother
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1154
\tdx{nat_induct}     [| P 0; !!n. P n ==> P(Suc n) |]  ==> P n
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1155
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1156
\tdx{Suc_not_Zero}   Suc m ~= 0
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1157
\tdx{inj_Suc}        inj Suc
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1158
\tdx{n_not_Suc_n}    n~=Suc n
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1159
\subcaption{Basic properties}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1160
\end{ttbox}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1161
\caption{The type of natural numbers, \tydx{nat}} \label{hol-nat1}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1162
\end{figure}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1163
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1164
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1165
\begin{figure}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1166
\begin{ttbox}\makeatother
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1167
              0+n           = n
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1168
              (Suc m)+n     = Suc(m+n)
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1169
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1170
              m-0           = m
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1171
              0-n           = n
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1172
              Suc(m)-Suc(n) = m-n
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1173
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1174
              0*n           = 0
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1175
              Suc(m)*n      = n + m*n
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1176
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1177
\tdx{mod_less}      m<n ==> m mod n = m
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1178
\tdx{mod_geq}       [| 0<n;  ~m<n |] ==> m mod n = (m-n) mod n
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1179
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1180
\tdx{div_less}      m<n ==> m div n = 0
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1181
\tdx{div_geq}       [| 0<n;  ~m<n |] ==> m div n = Suc((m-n) div n)
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1182
\end{ttbox}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1183
\caption{Recursion equations for the arithmetic operators} \label{hol-nat2}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1184
\end{figure}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1185
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1186
\subsection{The type of natural numbers, \textit{nat}}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1187
\index{nat@{\textit{nat}} type|(}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1188
15455
735dd4260500 updated description of arith_tac
paulson
parents: 14024
diff changeset
  1189
The theory \thydx{Nat} defines the natural numbers in a roundabout but
6580
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1190
traditional way.  The axiom of infinity postulates a type~\tydx{ind} of
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1191
individuals, which is non-empty and closed under an injective operation.  The
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1192
natural numbers are inductively generated by choosing an arbitrary individual
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1193
for~0 and using the injective operation to take successors.  This is a least
15455
735dd4260500 updated description of arith_tac
paulson
parents: 14024
diff changeset
  1194
fixedpoint construction.  
6580
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1195
9212
4afe62073b41 overloading, axclasses, numerals and general tidying
paulson
parents: 8628
diff changeset
  1196
Type~\tydx{nat} is an instance of class~\cldx{ord}, which makes the overloaded
4afe62073b41 overloading, axclasses, numerals and general tidying
paulson
parents: 8628
diff changeset
  1197
functions of this class (especially \cdx{<} and \cdx{<=}, but also \cdx{min},
15455
735dd4260500 updated description of arith_tac
paulson
parents: 14024
diff changeset
  1198
\cdx{max} and \cdx{LEAST}) available on \tydx{nat}.  Theory \thydx{Nat} 
735dd4260500 updated description of arith_tac
paulson
parents: 14024
diff changeset
  1199
also shows that {\tt<=} is a linear order, so \tydx{nat} is
9212
4afe62073b41 overloading, axclasses, numerals and general tidying
paulson
parents: 8628
diff changeset
  1200
also an instance of class \cldx{linorder}.
6580
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1201
15455
735dd4260500 updated description of arith_tac
paulson
parents: 14024
diff changeset
  1202
Theory \thydx{NatArith} develops arithmetic on the natural numbers.  It defines
6580
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1203
addition, multiplication and subtraction.  Theory \thydx{Divides} defines
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1204
division, remainder and the ``divides'' relation.  The numerous theorems
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1205
proved include commutative, associative, distributive, identity and
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1206
cancellation laws.  See Figs.\ts\ref{hol-nat1} and~\ref{hol-nat2}.  The
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1207
recursion equations for the operators \texttt{+}, \texttt{-} and \texttt{*} on
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1208
\texttt{nat} are part of the default simpset.
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1209
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1210
Functions on \tydx{nat} can be defined by primitive or well-founded recursion;
7490
9a74b57740d1 added smp_tac
oheimb
parents: 7328
diff changeset
  1211
see {\S}\ref{sec:HOL:recursive}.  A simple example is addition.
6580
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1212
Here, \texttt{op +} is the name of the infix operator~\texttt{+}, following
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1213
the standard convention.
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1214
\begin{ttbox}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1215
\sdx{primrec}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1216
      "0 + n = n"
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1217
  "Suc m + n = Suc (m + n)"
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1218
\end{ttbox}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1219
There is also a \sdx{case}-construct
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1220
of the form
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1221
\begin{ttbox}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1222
case \(e\) of 0 => \(a\) | Suc \(m\) => \(b\)
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1223
\end{ttbox}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1224
Note that Isabelle insists on precisely this format; you may not even change
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1225
the order of the two cases.
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1226
Both \texttt{primrec} and \texttt{case} are realized by a recursion operator
7325
01bb8abb5a91 Some changes in sections about Sum and Nat.
berghofe
parents: 7283
diff changeset
  1227
\cdx{nat_rec}, which is available because \textit{nat} is represented as
42909
66b189dc5b83 updated and re-unified HOL rep_datatype;
wenzelm
parents: 42907
diff changeset
  1228
a datatype.
6580
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1229
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1230
%The predecessor relation, \cdx{pred_nat}, is shown to be well-founded.
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1231
%Recursion along this relation resembles primitive recursion, but is
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1232
%stronger because we are in higher-order logic; using primitive recursion to
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1233
%define a higher-order function, we can easily Ackermann's function, which
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1234
%is not primitive recursive \cite[page~104]{thompson91}.
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1235
%The transitive closure of \cdx{pred_nat} is~$<$.  Many functions on the
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1236
%natural numbers are most easily expressed using recursion along~$<$.
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1237
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1238
Tactic {\tt\ttindex{induct_tac} "$n$" $i$} performs induction on variable~$n$
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1239
in subgoal~$i$ using theorem \texttt{nat_induct}.  There is also the derived
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1240
theorem \tdx{less_induct}:
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1241
\begin{ttbox}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1242
[| !!n. [| ! m. m<n --> P m |] ==> P n |]  ==>  P n
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1243
\end{ttbox}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1244
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1245
9212
4afe62073b41 overloading, axclasses, numerals and general tidying
paulson
parents: 8628
diff changeset
  1246
\subsection{Numerical types and numerical reasoning}
4afe62073b41 overloading, axclasses, numerals and general tidying
paulson
parents: 8628
diff changeset
  1247
9695
ec7d7f877712 proper setup of iman.sty/extra.sty/ttbox.sty;
wenzelm
parents: 9258
diff changeset
  1248
The integers (type \tdx{int}) are also available in HOL, and the reals (type
14024
213dcc39358f HOL-Real -> HOL-Complex
kleing
parents: 14013
diff changeset
  1249
\tdx{real}) are available in the logic image \texttt{HOL-Complex}.  They support
9212
4afe62073b41 overloading, axclasses, numerals and general tidying
paulson
parents: 8628
diff changeset
  1250
the expected operations of addition (\texttt{+}), subtraction (\texttt{-}) and
4afe62073b41 overloading, axclasses, numerals and general tidying
paulson
parents: 8628
diff changeset
  1251
multiplication (\texttt{*}), and much else.  Type \tdx{int} provides the
4afe62073b41 overloading, axclasses, numerals and general tidying
paulson
parents: 8628
diff changeset
  1252
\texttt{div} and \texttt{mod} operators, while type \tdx{real} provides real
4afe62073b41 overloading, axclasses, numerals and general tidying
paulson
parents: 8628
diff changeset
  1253
division and other operations.  Both types belong to class \cldx{linorder}, so
4afe62073b41 overloading, axclasses, numerals and general tidying
paulson
parents: 8628
diff changeset
  1254
they inherit the relational operators and all the usual properties of linear
4afe62073b41 overloading, axclasses, numerals and general tidying
paulson
parents: 8628
diff changeset
  1255
orderings.  For full details, please survey the theories in subdirectories
14024
213dcc39358f HOL-Real -> HOL-Complex
kleing
parents: 14013
diff changeset
  1256
\texttt{Integ}, \texttt{Real}, and \texttt{Complex}.
9212
4afe62073b41 overloading, axclasses, numerals and general tidying
paulson
parents: 8628
diff changeset
  1257
13012
f8bfc61ee1b5 hide SVC stuff (outdated);
wenzelm
parents: 13008
diff changeset
  1258
All three numeric types admit numerals of the form \texttt{$sd\ldots d$},
9212
4afe62073b41 overloading, axclasses, numerals and general tidying
paulson
parents: 8628
diff changeset
  1259
where $s$ is an optional minus sign and $d\ldots d$ is a string of digits.
4afe62073b41 overloading, axclasses, numerals and general tidying
paulson
parents: 8628
diff changeset
  1260
Numerals are represented internally by a datatype for binary notation, which
4afe62073b41 overloading, axclasses, numerals and general tidying
paulson
parents: 8628
diff changeset
  1261
allows numerical calculations to be performed by rewriting.  For example, the
13012
f8bfc61ee1b5 hide SVC stuff (outdated);
wenzelm
parents: 13008
diff changeset
  1262
integer division of \texttt{54342339} by \texttt{3452} takes about five
9212
4afe62073b41 overloading, axclasses, numerals and general tidying
paulson
parents: 8628
diff changeset
  1263
seconds.  By default, the simplifier cancels like terms on the opposite sites
4afe62073b41 overloading, axclasses, numerals and general tidying
paulson
parents: 8628
diff changeset
  1264
of relational operators (reducing \texttt{z+x<x+y} to \texttt{z<y}, for
13012
f8bfc61ee1b5 hide SVC stuff (outdated);
wenzelm
parents: 13008
diff changeset
  1265
instance.  The simplifier also collects like terms, replacing \texttt{x+y+x*3}
f8bfc61ee1b5 hide SVC stuff (outdated);
wenzelm
parents: 13008
diff changeset
  1266
by \texttt{4*x+y}.
f8bfc61ee1b5 hide SVC stuff (outdated);
wenzelm
parents: 13008
diff changeset
  1267
f8bfc61ee1b5 hide SVC stuff (outdated);
wenzelm
parents: 13008
diff changeset
  1268
Sometimes numerals are not wanted, because for example \texttt{n+3} does not
9212
4afe62073b41 overloading, axclasses, numerals and general tidying
paulson
parents: 8628
diff changeset
  1269
match a pattern of the form \texttt{Suc $k$}.  You can re-arrange the form of
13012
f8bfc61ee1b5 hide SVC stuff (outdated);
wenzelm
parents: 13008
diff changeset
  1270
an arithmetic expression by proving (via \texttt{subgoal_tac}) a lemma such as
f8bfc61ee1b5 hide SVC stuff (outdated);
wenzelm
parents: 13008
diff changeset
  1271
\texttt{n+3 = Suc (Suc (Suc n))}.  As an alternative, you can disable the
9212
4afe62073b41 overloading, axclasses, numerals and general tidying
paulson
parents: 8628
diff changeset
  1272
fancier simplifications by using a basic simpset such as \texttt{HOL_ss}
4afe62073b41 overloading, axclasses, numerals and general tidying
paulson
parents: 8628
diff changeset
  1273
rather than the default one, \texttt{simpset()}.
4afe62073b41 overloading, axclasses, numerals and general tidying
paulson
parents: 8628
diff changeset
  1274
15455
735dd4260500 updated description of arith_tac
paulson
parents: 14024
diff changeset
  1275
Reasoning about arithmetic inequalities can be tedious.  Fortunately, HOL
735dd4260500 updated description of arith_tac
paulson
parents: 14024
diff changeset
  1276
provides a decision procedure for \emph{linear arithmetic}: formulae involving
735dd4260500 updated description of arith_tac
paulson
parents: 14024
diff changeset
  1277
addition and subtraction. The simplifier invokes a weak version of this
9212
4afe62073b41 overloading, axclasses, numerals and general tidying
paulson
parents: 8628
diff changeset
  1278
decision procedure automatically. If this is not sufficent, you can invoke the
31101
26c7bb764a38 qualified names for Lin_Arith tactics and simprocs
haftmann
parents: 30686
diff changeset
  1279
full procedure \ttindex{Lin_Arith.tac} explicitly.  It copes with arbitrary
6580
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1280
formulae involving {\tt=}, {\tt<}, {\tt<=}, {\tt+}, {\tt-}, {\tt Suc}, {\tt
15455
735dd4260500 updated description of arith_tac
paulson
parents: 14024
diff changeset
  1281
  min}, {\tt max} and numerical constants. Other subterms are treated as
735dd4260500 updated description of arith_tac
paulson
parents: 14024
diff changeset
  1282
atomic, while subformulae not involving numerical types are ignored. Quantified
6580
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1283
subformulae are ignored unless they are positive universal or negative
15455
735dd4260500 updated description of arith_tac
paulson
parents: 14024
diff changeset
  1284
existential. The running time is exponential in the number of
6580
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1285
occurrences of {\tt min}, {\tt max}, and {\tt-} because they require case
15455
735dd4260500 updated description of arith_tac
paulson
parents: 14024
diff changeset
  1286
distinctions.
735dd4260500 updated description of arith_tac
paulson
parents: 14024
diff changeset
  1287
If {\tt k} is a numeral, then {\tt div k}, {\tt mod k} and
735dd4260500 updated description of arith_tac
paulson
parents: 14024
diff changeset
  1288
{\tt k dvd} are also supported. The former two are eliminated
735dd4260500 updated description of arith_tac
paulson
parents: 14024
diff changeset
  1289
by case distinctions, again blowing up the running time.
31101
26c7bb764a38 qualified names for Lin_Arith tactics and simprocs
haftmann
parents: 30686
diff changeset
  1290
If the formula involves explicit quantifiers, \texttt{Lin_Arith.tac} may take
15455
735dd4260500 updated description of arith_tac
paulson
parents: 14024
diff changeset
  1291
super-exponential time and space.
735dd4260500 updated description of arith_tac
paulson
parents: 14024
diff changeset
  1292
31101
26c7bb764a38 qualified names for Lin_Arith tactics and simprocs
haftmann
parents: 30686
diff changeset
  1293
If \texttt{Lin_Arith.tac} fails, try to find relevant arithmetic results in
22921
475ff421a6a3 consts in consts_code Isar commands are now referred to by usual term syntax
haftmann
parents: 17662
diff changeset
  1294
the library.  The theories \texttt{Nat} and \texttt{NatArith} contain
475ff421a6a3 consts in consts_code Isar commands are now referred to by usual term syntax
haftmann
parents: 17662
diff changeset
  1295
theorems about {\tt<}, {\tt<=}, \texttt{+}, \texttt{-} and \texttt{*}.
475ff421a6a3 consts in consts_code Isar commands are now referred to by usual term syntax
haftmann
parents: 17662
diff changeset
  1296
Theory \texttt{Divides} contains theorems about \texttt{div} and
475ff421a6a3 consts in consts_code Isar commands are now referred to by usual term syntax
haftmann
parents: 17662
diff changeset
  1297
\texttt{mod}.  Use Proof General's \emph{find} button (or other search
475ff421a6a3 consts in consts_code Isar commands are now referred to by usual term syntax
haftmann
parents: 17662
diff changeset
  1298
facilities) to locate them.
9212
4afe62073b41 overloading, axclasses, numerals and general tidying
paulson
parents: 8628
diff changeset
  1299
4afe62073b41 overloading, axclasses, numerals and general tidying
paulson
parents: 8628
diff changeset
  1300
\index{nat@{\textit{nat}} type|)}
4afe62073b41 overloading, axclasses, numerals and general tidying
paulson
parents: 8628
diff changeset
  1301
6580
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1302
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1303
\begin{figure}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1304
\index{#@{\tt[]} symbol}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1305
\index{#@{\tt\#} symbol}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1306
\index{"@@{\tt\at} symbol}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1307
\index{*"! symbol}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1308
\begin{constants}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1309
  \it symbol & \it meta-type & \it priority & \it description \\
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1310
  \tt[]    & $\alpha\,list$ & & empty list\\
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1311
  \tt \#   & $[\alpha,\alpha\,list]\To \alpha\,list$ & Right 65 & 
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1312
        list constructor \\
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1313
  \cdx{null}    & $\alpha\,list \To bool$ & & emptiness test\\
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1314
  \cdx{hd}      & $\alpha\,list \To \alpha$ & & head \\
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1315
  \cdx{tl}      & $\alpha\,list \To \alpha\,list$ & & tail \\
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1316
  \cdx{last}    & $\alpha\,list \To \alpha$ & & last element \\
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1317
  \cdx{butlast} & $\alpha\,list \To \alpha\,list$ & & drop last element \\
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1318
  \tt\at  & $[\alpha\,list,\alpha\,list]\To \alpha\,list$ & Left 65 & append \\
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1319
  \cdx{map}     & $(\alpha\To\beta) \To (\alpha\,list \To \beta\,list)$
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1320
        & & apply to all\\
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1321
  \cdx{filter}  & $(\alpha \To bool) \To (\alpha\,list \To \alpha\,list)$
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1322
        & & filter functional\\
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1323
  \cdx{set}& $\alpha\,list \To \alpha\,set$ & & elements\\
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1324
  \sdx{mem}  & $\alpha \To \alpha\,list \To bool$  &  Left 55   & membership\\
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1325
  \cdx{foldl}   & $(\beta\To\alpha\To\beta) \To \beta \To \alpha\,list \To \beta$ &
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1326
  & iteration \\
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1327
  \cdx{concat}   & $(\alpha\,list)list\To \alpha\,list$ & & concatenation \\
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1328
  \cdx{rev}     & $\alpha\,list \To \alpha\,list$ & & reverse \\
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1329
  \cdx{length}  & $\alpha\,list \To nat$ & & length \\
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1330
  \tt! & $\alpha\,list \To nat \To \alpha$ & Left 100 & indexing \\
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1331
  \cdx{take}, \cdx{drop} & $nat \To \alpha\,list \To \alpha\,list$ &&
9212
4afe62073b41 overloading, axclasses, numerals and general tidying
paulson
parents: 8628
diff changeset
  1332
    take/drop a prefix \\
6580
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1333
  \cdx{takeWhile},\\
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1334
  \cdx{dropWhile} &
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1335
    $(\alpha \To bool) \To \alpha\,list \To \alpha\,list$ &&
9212
4afe62073b41 overloading, axclasses, numerals and general tidying
paulson
parents: 8628
diff changeset
  1336
    take/drop a prefix
6580
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1337
\end{constants}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1338
\subcaption{Constants and infixes}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1339
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1340
\begin{center} \tt\frenchspacing
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1341
\begin{tabular}{rrr} 
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1342
  \it external        & \it internal  & \it description \\{}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1343
  [$x@1$, $\dots$, $x@n$]  &  $x@1$ \# $\cdots$ \# $x@n$ \# [] &
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1344
        \rm finite list \\{}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1345
  [$x$:$l$. $P$]  & filter ($\lambda x{.}P$) $l$ & 
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1346
        \rm list comprehension
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1347
\end{tabular}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1348
\end{center}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1349
\subcaption{Translations}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1350
\caption{The theory \thydx{List}} \label{hol-list}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1351
\end{figure}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1352
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1353
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1354
\begin{figure}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1355
\begin{ttbox}\makeatother
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1356
null [] = True
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1357
null (x#xs) = False
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1358
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1359
hd (x#xs) = x
9212
4afe62073b41 overloading, axclasses, numerals and general tidying
paulson
parents: 8628
diff changeset
  1360
6580
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1361
tl (x#xs) = xs
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1362
tl [] = []
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1363
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1364
[] @ ys = ys
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1365
(x#xs) @ ys = x # xs @ ys
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1366
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1367
set [] = \ttlbrace\ttrbrace
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1368
set (x#xs) = insert x (set xs)
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1369
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1370
x mem [] = False
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1371
x mem (y#ys) = (if y=x then True else x mem ys)
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1372
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1373
concat([]) = []
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1374
concat(x#xs) = x @ concat(xs)
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1375
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1376
rev([]) = []
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1377
rev(x#xs) = rev(xs) @ [x]
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1378
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1379
length([]) = 0
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1380
length(x#xs) = Suc(length(xs))
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1381
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1382
xs!0 = hd xs
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1383
xs!(Suc n) = (tl xs)!n
9212
4afe62073b41 overloading, axclasses, numerals and general tidying
paulson
parents: 8628
diff changeset
  1384
\end{ttbox}
4afe62073b41 overloading, axclasses, numerals and general tidying
paulson
parents: 8628
diff changeset
  1385
\caption{Simple list processing functions}
4afe62073b41 overloading, axclasses, numerals and general tidying
paulson
parents: 8628
diff changeset
  1386
\label{fig:HOL:list-simps}
4afe62073b41 overloading, axclasses, numerals and general tidying
paulson
parents: 8628
diff changeset
  1387
\end{figure}
4afe62073b41 overloading, axclasses, numerals and general tidying
paulson
parents: 8628
diff changeset
  1388
4afe62073b41 overloading, axclasses, numerals and general tidying
paulson
parents: 8628
diff changeset
  1389
\begin{figure}
4afe62073b41 overloading, axclasses, numerals and general tidying
paulson
parents: 8628
diff changeset
  1390
\begin{ttbox}\makeatother
4afe62073b41 overloading, axclasses, numerals and general tidying
paulson
parents: 8628
diff changeset
  1391
map f [] = []
4afe62073b41 overloading, axclasses, numerals and general tidying
paulson
parents: 8628
diff changeset
  1392
map f (x#xs) = f x # map f xs
4afe62073b41 overloading, axclasses, numerals and general tidying
paulson
parents: 8628
diff changeset
  1393
4afe62073b41 overloading, axclasses, numerals and general tidying
paulson
parents: 8628
diff changeset
  1394
filter P [] = []
4afe62073b41 overloading, axclasses, numerals and general tidying
paulson
parents: 8628
diff changeset
  1395
filter P (x#xs) = (if P x then x#filter P xs else filter P xs)
4afe62073b41 overloading, axclasses, numerals and general tidying
paulson
parents: 8628
diff changeset
  1396
4afe62073b41 overloading, axclasses, numerals and general tidying
paulson
parents: 8628
diff changeset
  1397
foldl f a [] = a
4afe62073b41 overloading, axclasses, numerals and general tidying
paulson
parents: 8628
diff changeset
  1398
foldl f a (x#xs) = foldl f (f a x) xs
6580
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1399
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1400
take n [] = []
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1401
take n (x#xs) = (case n of 0 => [] | Suc(m) => x # take m xs)
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1402
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1403
drop n [] = []
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1404
drop n (x#xs) = (case n of 0 => x#xs | Suc(m) => drop m xs)
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1405
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1406
takeWhile P [] = []
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1407
takeWhile P (x#xs) = (if P x then x#takeWhile P xs else [])
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1408
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1409
dropWhile P [] = []
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1410
dropWhile P (x#xs) = (if P x then dropWhile P xs else xs)
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1411
\end{ttbox}
9212
4afe62073b41 overloading, axclasses, numerals and general tidying
paulson
parents: 8628
diff changeset
  1412
\caption{Further list processing functions}
4afe62073b41 overloading, axclasses, numerals and general tidying
paulson
parents: 8628
diff changeset
  1413
\label{fig:HOL:list-simps2}
6580
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1414
\end{figure}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1415
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1416
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1417
\subsection{The type constructor for lists, \textit{list}}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1418
\label{subsec:list}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1419
\index{list@{\textit{list}} type|(}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1420
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1421
Figure~\ref{hol-list} presents the theory \thydx{List}: the basic list
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1422
operations with their types and syntax.  Type $\alpha \; list$ is
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1423
defined as a \texttt{datatype} with the constructors {\tt[]} and {\tt\#}.
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1424
As a result the generic structural induction and case analysis tactics
8424
a1a41257f45f exhaust -> cases
nipkow
parents: 7846
diff changeset
  1425
\texttt{induct\_tac} and \texttt{cases\_tac} also become available for
6580
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1426
lists.  A \sdx{case} construct of the form
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1427
\begin{center}\tt
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1428
case $e$ of [] => $a$  |  \(x\)\#\(xs\) => b
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1429
\end{center}
7490
9a74b57740d1 added smp_tac
oheimb
parents: 7328
diff changeset
  1430
is defined by translation.  For details see~{\S}\ref{sec:HOL:datatype}. There
6580
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1431
is also a case splitting rule \tdx{split_list_case}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1432
\[
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1433
\begin{array}{l}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1434
P(\mathtt{case}~e~\mathtt{of}~\texttt{[] =>}~a ~\texttt{|}~
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1435
               x\texttt{\#}xs~\texttt{=>}~f~x~xs) ~= \\
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1436
((e = \texttt{[]} \to P(a)) \land
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1437
 (\forall x~ xs. e = x\texttt{\#}xs \to P(f~x~xs)))
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1438
\end{array}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1439
\]
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1440
which can be fed to \ttindex{addsplits} just like
7490
9a74b57740d1 added smp_tac
oheimb
parents: 7328
diff changeset
  1441
\texttt{split_if} (see~{\S}\ref{subsec:HOL:case:splitting}).
6580
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1442
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1443
\texttt{List} provides a basic library of list processing functions defined by
42912
a5bbc11474f9 clarified current 'primrec' vs. old 'recdef';
wenzelm
parents: 42910
diff changeset
  1444
primitive recursion.  The recursion equations
9212
4afe62073b41 overloading, axclasses, numerals and general tidying
paulson
parents: 8628
diff changeset
  1445
are shown in Figs.\ts\ref{fig:HOL:list-simps} and~\ref{fig:HOL:list-simps2}.
6580
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1446
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1447
\index{list@{\textit{list}} type|)}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1448
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1449
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1450
\section{Datatype definitions}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1451
\label{sec:HOL:datatype}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1452
\index{*datatype|(}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1453
6626
wenzelm
parents: 6620
diff changeset
  1454
Inductive datatypes, similar to those of \ML, frequently appear in
6580
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1455
applications of Isabelle/HOL.  In principle, such types could be defined by
42907
dfd4ef8e73f6 updated and re-unified HOL typedef, with some live examples;
wenzelm
parents: 42673
diff changeset
  1456
hand via \texttt{typedef}, but this would be far too
6626
wenzelm
parents: 6620
diff changeset
  1457
tedious.  The \ttindex{datatype} definition package of Isabelle/HOL (cf.\ 
wenzelm
parents: 6620
diff changeset
  1458
\cite{Berghofer-Wenzel:1999:TPHOL}) automates such chores.  It generates an
wenzelm
parents: 6620
diff changeset
  1459
appropriate \texttt{typedef} based on a least fixed-point construction, and
wenzelm
parents: 6620
diff changeset
  1460
proves freeness theorems and induction rules, as well as theorems for
wenzelm
parents: 6620
diff changeset
  1461
recursion and case combinators.  The user just has to give a simple
wenzelm
parents: 6620
diff changeset
  1462
specification of new inductive types using a notation similar to {\ML} or
wenzelm
parents: 6620
diff changeset
  1463
Haskell.
6580
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1464
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1465
The current datatype package can handle both mutual and indirect recursion.
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1466
It also offers to represent existing types as datatypes giving the advantage
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1467
of a more uniform view on standard theories.
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1468
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1469
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1470
\subsection{Basics}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1471
\label{subsec:datatype:basics}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1472
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1473
A general \texttt{datatype} definition is of the following form:
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1474
\[
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1475
\begin{array}{llcl}
9212
4afe62073b41 overloading, axclasses, numerals and general tidying
paulson
parents: 8628
diff changeset
  1476
\mathtt{datatype} & (\vec{\alpha})t@1 & = &
6580
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1477
  C^1@1~\tau^1@{1,1}~\ldots~\tau^1@{1,m^1@1} ~\mid~ \ldots ~\mid~
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1478
    C^1@{k@1}~\tau^1@{k@1,1}~\ldots~\tau^1@{k@1,m^1@{k@1}} \\
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1479
 & & \vdots \\
9212
4afe62073b41 overloading, axclasses, numerals and general tidying
paulson
parents: 8628
diff changeset
  1480
\mathtt{and} & (\vec{\alpha})t@n & = &
6580
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1481
  C^n@1~\tau^n@{1,1}~\ldots~\tau^n@{1,m^n@1} ~\mid~ \ldots ~\mid~
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1482
    C^n@{k@n}~\tau^n@{k@n,1}~\ldots~\tau^n@{k@n,m^n@{k@n}}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1483
\end{array}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1484
\]
9212
4afe62073b41 overloading, axclasses, numerals and general tidying
paulson
parents: 8628
diff changeset
  1485
where $\vec{\alpha} = (\alpha@1,\ldots,\alpha@h)$ is a list of type variables,
4afe62073b41 overloading, axclasses, numerals and general tidying
paulson
parents: 8628
diff changeset
  1486
$C^j@i$ are distinct constructor names and $\tau^j@{i,i'}$ are {\em
4afe62073b41 overloading, axclasses, numerals and general tidying
paulson
parents: 8628
diff changeset
  1487
  admissible} types containing at most the type variables $\alpha@1, \ldots,
4afe62073b41 overloading, axclasses, numerals and general tidying
paulson
parents: 8628
diff changeset
  1488
\alpha@h$. A type $\tau$ occurring in a \texttt{datatype} definition is {\em
9258
2121ff73a37d fixed typos reported by Jeremy Dawson
paulson
parents: 9212
diff changeset
  1489
  admissible} if and only if
6580
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1490
\begin{itemize}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1491
\item $\tau$ is non-recursive, i.e.\ $\tau$ does not contain any of the
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1492
newly defined type constructors $t@1,\ldots,t@n$, or
9212
4afe62073b41 overloading, axclasses, numerals and general tidying
paulson
parents: 8628
diff changeset
  1493
\item $\tau = (\vec{\alpha})t@{j'}$ where $1 \leq j' \leq n$, or
6580
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1494
\item $\tau = (\tau'@1,\ldots,\tau'@{h'})t'$, where $t'$ is
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1495
the type constructor of an already existing datatype and $\tau'@1,\ldots,\tau'@{h'}$
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1496
are admissible types.
7490
9a74b57740d1 added smp_tac
oheimb
parents: 7328
diff changeset
  1497
\item $\tau = \sigma \to \tau'$, where $\tau'$ is an admissible
7044
193a8601fabd Documented usage of function types in datatype specifications.
berghofe
parents: 6626
diff changeset
  1498
type and $\sigma$ is non-recursive (i.e. the occurrences of the newly defined
193a8601fabd Documented usage of function types in datatype specifications.
berghofe
parents: 6626
diff changeset
  1499
types are {\em strictly positive})
6580
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1500
\end{itemize}
9212
4afe62073b41 overloading, axclasses, numerals and general tidying
paulson
parents: 8628
diff changeset
  1501
If some $(\vec{\alpha})t@{j'}$ occurs in a type $\tau^j@{i,i'}$
6580
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1502
of the form
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1503
\[
9212
4afe62073b41 overloading, axclasses, numerals and general tidying
paulson
parents: 8628
diff changeset
  1504
(\ldots,\ldots ~ (\vec{\alpha})t@{j'} ~ \ldots,\ldots)t'
6580
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1505
\]
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1506
this is called a {\em nested} (or \emph{indirect}) occurrence. A very simple
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1507
example of a datatype is the type \texttt{list}, which can be defined by
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1508
\begin{ttbox}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1509
datatype 'a list = Nil
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1510
                 | Cons 'a ('a list)
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1511
\end{ttbox}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1512
Arithmetic expressions \texttt{aexp} and boolean expressions \texttt{bexp} can be modelled
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1513
by the mutually recursive datatype definition
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1514
\begin{ttbox}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1515
datatype 'a aexp = If_then_else ('a bexp) ('a aexp) ('a aexp)
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1516
                 | Sum ('a aexp) ('a aexp)
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1517
                 | Diff ('a aexp) ('a aexp)
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1518
                 | Var 'a
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1519
                 | Num nat
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1520
and      'a bexp = Less ('a aexp) ('a aexp)
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1521
                 | And ('a bexp) ('a bexp)
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1522
                 | Or ('a bexp) ('a bexp)
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1523
\end{ttbox}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1524
The datatype \texttt{term}, which is defined by
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1525
\begin{ttbox}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1526
datatype ('a, 'b) term = Var 'a
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1527
                       | App 'b ((('a, 'b) term) list)
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1528
\end{ttbox}
7044
193a8601fabd Documented usage of function types in datatype specifications.
berghofe
parents: 6626
diff changeset
  1529
is an example for a datatype with nested recursion. Using nested recursion
193a8601fabd Documented usage of function types in datatype specifications.
berghofe
parents: 6626
diff changeset
  1530
involving function spaces, we may also define infinitely branching datatypes, e.g.
193a8601fabd Documented usage of function types in datatype specifications.
berghofe
parents: 6626
diff changeset
  1531
\begin{ttbox}
193a8601fabd Documented usage of function types in datatype specifications.
berghofe
parents: 6626
diff changeset
  1532
datatype 'a tree = Atom 'a | Branch "nat => 'a tree"
193a8601fabd Documented usage of function types in datatype specifications.
berghofe
parents: 6626
diff changeset
  1533
\end{ttbox}
6580
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1534
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1535
\medskip
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1536
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1537
Types in HOL must be non-empty. Each of the new datatypes
9258
2121ff73a37d fixed typos reported by Jeremy Dawson
paulson
parents: 9212
diff changeset
  1538
$(\vec{\alpha})t@j$ with $1 \leq j \leq n$ is non-empty if and only if it has a
6580
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1539
constructor $C^j@i$ with the following property: for all argument types
9212
4afe62073b41 overloading, axclasses, numerals and general tidying
paulson
parents: 8628
diff changeset
  1540
$\tau^j@{i,i'}$ of the form $(\vec{\alpha})t@{j'}$ the datatype
4afe62073b41 overloading, axclasses, numerals and general tidying
paulson
parents: 8628
diff changeset
  1541
$(\vec{\alpha})t@{j'}$ is non-empty.
6580
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1542
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1543
If there are no nested occurrences of the newly defined datatypes, obviously
9212
4afe62073b41 overloading, axclasses, numerals and general tidying
paulson
parents: 8628
diff changeset
  1544
at least one of the newly defined datatypes $(\vec{\alpha})t@j$
6580
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1545
must have a constructor $C^j@i$ without recursive arguments, a \emph{base
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1546
  case}, to ensure that the new types are non-empty. If there are nested
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1547
occurrences, a datatype can even be non-empty without having a base case
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1548
itself. Since \texttt{list} is a non-empty datatype, \texttt{datatype t = C (t
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1549
  list)} is non-empty as well.
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1550
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1551
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1552
\subsubsection{Freeness of the constructors}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1553
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1554
The datatype constructors are automatically defined as functions of their
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1555
respective type:
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1556
\[ C^j@i :: [\tau^j@{i,1},\dots,\tau^j@{i,m^j@i}] \To (\alpha@1,\dots,\alpha@h)t@j \]
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1557
These functions have certain {\em freeness} properties.  They construct
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1558
distinct values:
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1559
\[
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1560
C^j@i~x@1~\dots~x@{m^j@i} \neq C^j@{i'}~y@1~\dots~y@{m^j@{i'}} \qquad
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1561
\mbox{for all}~ i \neq i'.
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1562
\]
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1563
The constructor functions are injective:
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1564
\[
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1565
(C^j@i~x@1~\dots~x@{m^j@i} = C^j@i~y@1~\dots~y@{m^j@i}) =
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1566
(x@1 = y@1 \land \dots \land x@{m^j@i} = y@{m^j@i})
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1567
\]
7044
193a8601fabd Documented usage of function types in datatype specifications.
berghofe
parents: 6626
diff changeset
  1568
Since the number of distinctness inequalities is quadratic in the number of
193a8601fabd Documented usage of function types in datatype specifications.
berghofe
parents: 6626
diff changeset
  1569
constructors, the datatype package avoids proving them separately if there are
193a8601fabd Documented usage of function types in datatype specifications.
berghofe
parents: 6626
diff changeset
  1570
too many constructors. Instead, specific inequalities are proved by a suitable
193a8601fabd Documented usage of function types in datatype specifications.
berghofe
parents: 6626
diff changeset
  1571
simplification procedure on demand.\footnote{This procedure, which is already part
193a8601fabd Documented usage of function types in datatype specifications.
berghofe
parents: 6626
diff changeset
  1572
of the default simpset, may be referred to by the ML identifier
193a8601fabd Documented usage of function types in datatype specifications.
berghofe
parents: 6626
diff changeset
  1573
\texttt{DatatypePackage.distinct_simproc}.}
6580
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1574
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1575
\subsubsection{Structural induction}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1576
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1577
The datatype package also provides structural induction rules.  For
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1578
datatypes without nested recursion, this is of the following form:
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1579
\[
7490
9a74b57740d1 added smp_tac
oheimb
parents: 7328
diff changeset
  1580
\infer{P@1~x@1 \land \dots \land P@n~x@n}
6580
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1581
  {\begin{array}{lcl}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1582
     \Forall x@1 \dots x@{m^1@1}.
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1583
       \List{P@{s^1@{1,1}}~x@{r^1@{1,1}}; \dots;
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1584
         P@{s^1@{1,l^1@1}}~x@{r^1@{1,l^1@1}}} & \Imp &
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1585
           P@1~\left(C^1@1~x@1~\dots~x@{m^1@1}\right) \\
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1586
     & \vdots \\
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1587
     \Forall x@1 \dots x@{m^1@{k@1}}.
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1588
       \List{P@{s^1@{k@1,1}}~x@{r^1@{k@1,1}}; \dots;
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1589
         P@{s^1@{k@1,l^1@{k@1}}}~x@{r^1@{k@1,l^1@{k@1}}}} & \Imp &
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1590
           P@1~\left(C^1@{k@1}~x@1~\ldots~x@{m^1@{k@1}}\right) \\
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1591
     & \vdots \\
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1592
     \Forall x@1 \dots x@{m^n@1}.
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1593
       \List{P@{s^n@{1,1}}~x@{r^n@{1,1}}; \dots;
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1594
         P@{s^n@{1,l^n@1}}~x@{r^n@{1,l^n@1}}} & \Imp &
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1595
           P@n~\left(C^n@1~x@1~\ldots~x@{m^n@1}\right) \\
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1596
     & \vdots \\
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1597
     \Forall x@1 \dots x@{m^n@{k@n}}.
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1598
       \List{P@{s^n@{k@n,1}}~x@{r^n@{k@n,1}}; \dots
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1599
         P@{s^n@{k@n,l^n@{k@n}}}~x@{r^n@{k@n,l^n@{k@n}}}} & \Imp &
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1600
           P@n~\left(C^n@{k@n}~x@1~\ldots~x@{m^n@{k@n}}\right)
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1601
   \end{array}}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1602
\]
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1603
where
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1604
\[
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1605
\begin{array}{rcl}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1606
Rec^j@i & := &
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1607
   \left\{\left(r^j@{i,1},s^j@{i,1}\right),\ldots,
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1608
     \left(r^j@{i,l^j@i},s^j@{i,l^j@i}\right)\right\} = \\[2ex]
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1609
&& \left\{(i',i'')~\left|~
7490
9a74b57740d1 added smp_tac
oheimb
parents: 7328
diff changeset
  1610
     1\leq i' \leq m^j@i \land 1 \leq i'' \leq n \land
6580
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1611
       \tau^j@{i,i'} = (\alpha@1,\ldots,\alpha@h)t@{i''}\right.\right\}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1612
\end{array}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1613
\]
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1614
i.e.\ the properties $P@j$ can be assumed for all recursive arguments.
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1615
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1616
For datatypes with nested recursion, such as the \texttt{term} example from
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1617
above, things are a bit more complicated.  Conceptually, Isabelle/HOL unfolds
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1618
a definition like
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1619
\begin{ttbox}
9212
4afe62073b41 overloading, axclasses, numerals and general tidying
paulson
parents: 8628
diff changeset
  1620
datatype ('a,'b) term = Var 'a
4afe62073b41 overloading, axclasses, numerals and general tidying
paulson
parents: 8628
diff changeset
  1621
                      | App 'b ((('a, 'b) term) list)
6580
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1622
\end{ttbox}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1623
to an equivalent definition without nesting:
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1624
\begin{ttbox}
9212
4afe62073b41 overloading, axclasses, numerals and general tidying
paulson
parents: 8628
diff changeset
  1625
datatype ('a,'b) term      = Var
4afe62073b41 overloading, axclasses, numerals and general tidying
paulson
parents: 8628
diff changeset
  1626
                           | App 'b (('a, 'b) term_list)
4afe62073b41 overloading, axclasses, numerals and general tidying
paulson
parents: 8628
diff changeset
  1627
and      ('a,'b) term_list = Nil'
4afe62073b41 overloading, axclasses, numerals and general tidying
paulson
parents: 8628
diff changeset
  1628
                           | Cons' (('a,'b) term) (('a,'b) term_list)
6580
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1629
\end{ttbox}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1630
Note however, that the type \texttt{('a,'b) term_list} and the constructors {\tt
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1631
  Nil'} and \texttt{Cons'} are not really introduced.  One can directly work with
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1632
the original (isomorphic) type \texttt{(('a, 'b) term) list} and its existing
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1633
constructors \texttt{Nil} and \texttt{Cons}. Thus, the structural induction rule for
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1634
\texttt{term} gets the form
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1635
\[
7490
9a74b57740d1 added smp_tac
oheimb
parents: 7328
diff changeset
  1636
\infer{P@1~x@1 \land P@2~x@2}
6580
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1637
  {\begin{array}{l}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1638
     \Forall x.~P@1~(\mathtt{Var}~x) \\
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1639
     \Forall x@1~x@2.~P@2~x@2 \Imp P@1~(\mathtt{App}~x@1~x@2) \\
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1640
     P@2~\mathtt{Nil} \\
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1641
     \Forall x@1~x@2. \List{P@1~x@1; P@2~x@2} \Imp P@2~(\mathtt{Cons}~x@1~x@2)
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1642
   \end{array}}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1643
\]
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1644
Note that there are two predicates $P@1$ and $P@2$, one for the type \texttt{('a,'b) term}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1645
and one for the type \texttt{(('a, 'b) term) list}.
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1646
7044
193a8601fabd Documented usage of function types in datatype specifications.
berghofe
parents: 6626
diff changeset
  1647
For a datatype with function types such as \texttt{'a tree}, the induction rule
193a8601fabd Documented usage of function types in datatype specifications.
berghofe
parents: 6626
diff changeset
  1648
is of the form
193a8601fabd Documented usage of function types in datatype specifications.
berghofe
parents: 6626
diff changeset
  1649
\[
193a8601fabd Documented usage of function types in datatype specifications.
berghofe
parents: 6626
diff changeset
  1650
\infer{P~t}
193a8601fabd Documented usage of function types in datatype specifications.
berghofe
parents: 6626
diff changeset
  1651
  {\Forall a.~P~(\mathtt{Atom}~a) &
193a8601fabd Documented usage of function types in datatype specifications.
berghofe
parents: 6626
diff changeset
  1652
   \Forall ts.~(\forall x.~P~(ts~x)) \Imp P~(\mathtt{Branch}~ts)}
193a8601fabd Documented usage of function types in datatype specifications.
berghofe
parents: 6626
diff changeset
  1653
\]
193a8601fabd Documented usage of function types in datatype specifications.
berghofe
parents: 6626
diff changeset
  1654
6580
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1655
\medskip In principle, inductive types are already fully determined by
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1656
freeness and structural induction.  For convenience in applications,
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1657
the following derived constructions are automatically provided for any
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1658
datatype.
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1659
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1660
\subsubsection{The \sdx{case} construct}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1661
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1662
The type comes with an \ML-like \texttt{case}-construct:
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1663
\[
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1664
\begin{array}{rrcl}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1665
\mbox{\tt case}~e~\mbox{\tt of} & C^j@1~x@{1,1}~\dots~x@{1,m^j@1} & \To & e@1 \\
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1666
                           \vdots \\
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1667
                           \mid & C^j@{k@j}~x@{k@j,1}~\dots~x@{k@j,m^j@{k@j}} & \To & e@{k@j}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1668
\end{array}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1669
\]
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1670
where the $x@{i,j}$ are either identifiers or nested tuple patterns as in
7490
9a74b57740d1 added smp_tac
oheimb
parents: 7328
diff changeset
  1671
{\S}\ref{subsec:prod-sum}.
6580
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1672
\begin{warn}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1673
  All constructors must be present, their order is fixed, and nested patterns
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1674
  are not supported (with the exception of tuples).  Violating this
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1675
  restriction results in strange error messages.
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1676
\end{warn}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1677
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1678
To perform case distinction on a goal containing a \texttt{case}-construct,
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1679
the theorem $t@j.$\texttt{split} is provided:
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1680
\[
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1681
\begin{array}{@{}rcl@{}}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1682
P(t@j_\mathtt{case}~f@1~\dots~f@{k@j}~e) &\!\!\!=&
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1683
\!\!\! ((\forall x@1 \dots x@{m^j@1}. e = C^j@1~x@1\dots x@{m^j@1} \to
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1684
                             P(f@1~x@1\dots x@{m^j@1})) \\
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1685
&&\!\!\! ~\land~ \dots ~\land \\
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1686
&&~\!\!\! (\forall x@1 \dots x@{m^j@{k@j}}. e = C^j@{k@j}~x@1\dots x@{m^j@{k@j}} \to
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1687
                             P(f@{k@j}~x@1\dots x@{m^j@{k@j}})))
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1688
\end{array}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1689
\]
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1690
where $t@j$\texttt{_case} is the internal name of the \texttt{case}-construct.
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1691
This theorem can be added to a simpset via \ttindex{addsplits}
7490
9a74b57740d1 added smp_tac
oheimb
parents: 7328
diff changeset
  1692
(see~{\S}\ref{subsec:HOL:case:splitting}).
6580
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1693
10109
dcb72400bc32 record proof tools: t.equality;
wenzelm
parents: 10052
diff changeset
  1694
Case splitting on assumption works as well, by using the rule
dcb72400bc32 record proof tools: t.equality;
wenzelm
parents: 10052
diff changeset
  1695
$t@j.$\texttt{split_asm} in the same manner.  Both rules are available under
dcb72400bc32 record proof tools: t.equality;
wenzelm
parents: 10052
diff changeset
  1696
$t@j.$\texttt{splits} (this name is \emph{not} bound in ML, though).
dcb72400bc32 record proof tools: t.equality;
wenzelm
parents: 10052
diff changeset
  1697
8604
c99e0024050c *** empty log message ***
nipkow
parents: 8443
diff changeset
  1698
\begin{warn}\index{simplification!of \texttt{case}}%
c99e0024050c *** empty log message ***
nipkow
parents: 8443
diff changeset
  1699
  By default only the selector expression ($e$ above) in a
c99e0024050c *** empty log message ***
nipkow
parents: 8443
diff changeset
  1700
  \texttt{case}-construct is simplified, in analogy with \texttt{if} (see
c99e0024050c *** empty log message ***
nipkow
parents: 8443
diff changeset
  1701
  page~\pageref{if-simp}). Only if that reduces to a constructor is one of
c99e0024050c *** empty log message ***
nipkow
parents: 8443
diff changeset
  1702
  the arms of the \texttt{case}-construct exposed and simplified. To ensure
c99e0024050c *** empty log message ***
nipkow
parents: 8443
diff changeset
  1703
  full simplification of all parts of a \texttt{case}-construct for datatype
c99e0024050c *** empty log message ***
nipkow
parents: 8443
diff changeset
  1704
  $t$, remove $t$\texttt{.}\ttindexbold{case_weak_cong} from the simpset, for
c99e0024050c *** empty log message ***
nipkow
parents: 8443
diff changeset
  1705
  example by \texttt{delcongs [thm "$t$.weak_case_cong"]}.
c99e0024050c *** empty log message ***
nipkow
parents: 8443
diff changeset
  1706
\end{warn}
c99e0024050c *** empty log message ***
nipkow
parents: 8443
diff changeset
  1707
6580
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1708
\subsubsection{The function \cdx{size}}\label{sec:HOL:size}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1709
15455
735dd4260500 updated description of arith_tac
paulson
parents: 14024
diff changeset
  1710
Theory \texttt{NatArith} declares a generic function \texttt{size} of type
6580
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1711
$\alpha\To nat$.  Each datatype defines a particular instance of \texttt{size}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1712
by overloading according to the following scheme:
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1713
%%% FIXME: This formula is too big and is completely unreadable
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1714
\[
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1715
size(C^j@i~x@1~\dots~x@{m^j@i}) = \!
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1716
\left\{
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1717
\begin{array}{ll}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1718
0 & \!\mbox{if $Rec^j@i = \emptyset$} \\
7044
193a8601fabd Documented usage of function types in datatype specifications.
berghofe
parents: 6626
diff changeset
  1719
1+\sum\limits@{h=1}^{l^j@i}size~x@{r^j@{i,h}} &
6580
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1720
 \!\mbox{if $Rec^j@i = \left\{\left(r^j@{i,1},s^j@{i,1}\right),\ldots,
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1721
  \left(r^j@{i,l^j@i},s^j@{i,l^j@i}\right)\right\}$}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1722
\end{array}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1723
\right.
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1724
\]
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1725
where $Rec^j@i$ is defined above.  Viewing datatypes as generalised trees, the
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1726
size of a leaf is 0 and the size of a node is the sum of the sizes of its
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1727
subtrees ${}+1$.
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1728
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1729
\subsection{Defining datatypes}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1730
42628
50f257ea2aba removed obsolete rail diagrams (which were about old-style theory syntax);
wenzelm
parents: 42627
diff changeset
  1731
The theory syntax for datatype definitions is given in the
50f257ea2aba removed obsolete rail diagrams (which were about old-style theory syntax);
wenzelm
parents: 42627
diff changeset
  1732
Isabelle/Isar reference manual.  In order to be well-formed, a
50f257ea2aba removed obsolete rail diagrams (which were about old-style theory syntax);
wenzelm
parents: 42627
diff changeset
  1733
datatype definition has to obey the rules stated in the previous
50f257ea2aba removed obsolete rail diagrams (which were about old-style theory syntax);
wenzelm
parents: 42627
diff changeset
  1734
section.  As a result the theory is extended with the new types, the
50f257ea2aba removed obsolete rail diagrams (which were about old-style theory syntax);
wenzelm
parents: 42627
diff changeset
  1735
constructors, and the theorems listed in the previous section.
6580
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1736
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1737
Most of the theorems about datatypes become part of the default simpset and
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1738
you never need to see them again because the simplifier applies them
8424
a1a41257f45f exhaust -> cases
nipkow
parents: 7846
diff changeset
  1739
automatically.  Only induction or case distinction are usually invoked by hand.
6580
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1740
\begin{ttdescription}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1741
\item[\ttindexbold{induct_tac} {\tt"}$x${\tt"} $i$]
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1742
 applies structural induction on variable $x$ to subgoal $i$, provided the
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1743
 type of $x$ is a datatype.
7846
adf6b1112bc1 Eliminated mutual_induct_tac.
berghofe
parents: 7830
diff changeset
  1744
\item[\texttt{induct_tac}
adf6b1112bc1 Eliminated mutual_induct_tac.
berghofe
parents: 7830
diff changeset
  1745
  {\tt"}$x@1$ $\ldots$ $x@n${\tt"} $i$] applies simultaneous
6580
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1746
  structural induction on the variables $x@1,\ldots,x@n$ to subgoal $i$.  This
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1747
  is the canonical way to prove properties of mutually recursive datatypes
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1748
  such as \texttt{aexp} and \texttt{bexp}, or datatypes with nested recursion such as
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1749
  \texttt{term}.
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1750
\end{ttdescription}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1751
In some cases, induction is overkill and a case distinction over all
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1752
constructors of the datatype suffices.
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1753
\begin{ttdescription}
8443
0ed4b608ba4b renamed cases_tac to case_tac;
wenzelm
parents: 8424
diff changeset
  1754
\item[\ttindexbold{case_tac} {\tt"}$u${\tt"} $i$]
8424
a1a41257f45f exhaust -> cases
nipkow
parents: 7846
diff changeset
  1755
 performs a case analysis for the term $u$ whose type  must be a datatype.
a1a41257f45f exhaust -> cases
nipkow
parents: 7846
diff changeset
  1756
 If the datatype has $k@j$ constructors  $C^j@1$, \dots $C^j@{k@j}$, subgoal
a1a41257f45f exhaust -> cases
nipkow
parents: 7846
diff changeset
  1757
 $i$ is replaced by $k@j$ new subgoals which  contain the additional
a1a41257f45f exhaust -> cases
nipkow
parents: 7846
diff changeset
  1758
 assumption $u = C^j@{i'}~x@1~\dots~x@{m^j@{i'}}$ for  $i'=1$, $\dots$,~$k@j$.
6580
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1759
\end{ttdescription}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1760
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1761
Note that induction is only allowed on free variables that should not occur
8424
a1a41257f45f exhaust -> cases
nipkow
parents: 7846
diff changeset
  1762
among the premises of the subgoal. Case distinction applies to arbitrary terms.
6580
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1763
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1764
\bigskip
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1765
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1766
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1767
For the technically minded, we exhibit some more details.  Processing the
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1768
theory file produces an \ML\ structure which, in addition to the usual
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1769
components, contains a structure named $t$ for each datatype $t$ defined in
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1770
the file.  Each structure $t$ contains the following elements:
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1771
\begin{ttbox}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1772
val distinct : thm list
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1773
val inject : thm list
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1774
val induct : thm
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1775
val exhaust : thm
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1776
val cases : thm list
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1777
val split : thm
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1778
val split_asm : thm
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1779
val recs : thm list
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1780
val size : thm list
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1781
val simps : thm list
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1782
\end{ttbox}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1783
\texttt{distinct}, \texttt{inject}, \texttt{induct}, \texttt{size}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1784
and \texttt{split} contain the theorems
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1785
described above.  For user convenience, \texttt{distinct} contains
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1786
inequalities in both directions.  The reduction rules of the {\tt
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1787
  case}-construct are in \texttt{cases}.  All theorems from {\tt
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1788
  distinct}, \texttt{inject} and \texttt{cases} are combined in \texttt{simps}.
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1789
In case of mutually recursive datatypes, \texttt{recs}, \texttt{size}, \texttt{induct}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1790
and \texttt{simps} are contained in a separate structure named $t@1_\ldots_t@n$.
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1791
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1792
42912
a5bbc11474f9 clarified current 'primrec' vs. old 'recdef';
wenzelm
parents: 42910
diff changeset
  1793
\section{Old-style recursive function definitions}\label{sec:HOL:recursive}
6580
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1794
\index{recursion!general|(}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1795
\index{*recdef|(}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1796
42912
a5bbc11474f9 clarified current 'primrec' vs. old 'recdef';
wenzelm
parents: 42910
diff changeset
  1797
Old-style recursive definitions via \texttt{recdef} requires that you
a5bbc11474f9 clarified current 'primrec' vs. old 'recdef';
wenzelm
parents: 42910
diff changeset
  1798
supply a well-founded relation that governs the recursion.  Recursive
a5bbc11474f9 clarified current 'primrec' vs. old 'recdef';
wenzelm
parents: 42910
diff changeset
  1799
calls are only allowed if they make the argument decrease under the
a5bbc11474f9 clarified current 'primrec' vs. old 'recdef';
wenzelm
parents: 42910
diff changeset
  1800
relation.  Complicated recursion forms, such as nested recursion, can
a5bbc11474f9 clarified current 'primrec' vs. old 'recdef';
wenzelm
parents: 42910
diff changeset
  1801
be dealt with.  Termination can even be proved at a later time, though
a5bbc11474f9 clarified current 'primrec' vs. old 'recdef';
wenzelm
parents: 42910
diff changeset
  1802
having unsolved termination conditions around can make work
a5bbc11474f9 clarified current 'primrec' vs. old 'recdef';
wenzelm
parents: 42910
diff changeset
  1803
difficult.%
a5bbc11474f9 clarified current 'primrec' vs. old 'recdef';
wenzelm
parents: 42910
diff changeset
  1804
\footnote{This facility is based on Konrad Slind's TFL
a5bbc11474f9 clarified current 'primrec' vs. old 'recdef';
wenzelm
parents: 42910
diff changeset
  1805
  package~\cite{slind-tfl}.  Thanks are due to Konrad for implementing
a5bbc11474f9 clarified current 'primrec' vs. old 'recdef';
wenzelm
parents: 42910
diff changeset
  1806
  TFL and assisting with its installation.}
a5bbc11474f9 clarified current 'primrec' vs. old 'recdef';
wenzelm
parents: 42910
diff changeset
  1807
6580
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1808
Using \texttt{recdef}, you can declare functions involving nested recursion
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1809
and pattern-matching.  Recursion need not involve datatypes and there are few
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1810
syntactic restrictions.  Termination is proved by showing that each recursive
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1811
call makes the argument smaller in a suitable sense, which you specify by
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1812
supplying a well-founded relation.
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1813
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1814
Here is a simple example, the Fibonacci function.  The first line declares
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1815
\texttt{fib} to be a constant.  The well-founded relation is simply~$<$ (on
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1816
the natural numbers).  Pattern-matching is used here: \texttt{1} is a
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1817
macro for \texttt{Suc~0}.
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1818
\begin{ttbox}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1819
consts fib  :: "nat => nat"
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1820
recdef fib "less_than"
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1821
    "fib 0 = 0"
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1822
    "fib 1 = 1"
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1823
    "fib (Suc(Suc x)) = (fib x + fib (Suc x))"
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1824
\end{ttbox}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1825
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1826
With \texttt{recdef}, function definitions may be incomplete, and patterns may
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1827
overlap, as in functional programming.  The \texttt{recdef} package
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1828
disambiguates overlapping patterns by taking the order of rules into account.
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1829
For missing patterns, the function is defined to return a default value.
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1830
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1831
%For example, here is a declaration of the list function \cdx{hd}:
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1832
%\begin{ttbox}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1833
%consts hd :: 'a list => 'a
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1834
%recdef hd "\{\}"
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1835
%    "hd (x#l) = x"
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1836
%\end{ttbox}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1837
%Because this function is not recursive, we may supply the empty well-founded
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1838
%relation, $\{\}$.
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1839
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1840
The well-founded relation defines a notion of ``smaller'' for the function's
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1841
argument type.  The relation $\prec$ is \textbf{well-founded} provided it
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1842
admits no infinitely decreasing chains
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1843
\[ \cdots\prec x@n\prec\cdots\prec x@1. \]
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1844
If the function's argument has type~$\tau$, then $\prec$ has to be a relation
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1845
over~$\tau$: it must have type $(\tau\times\tau)set$.
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1846
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1847
Proving well-foundedness can be tricky, so Isabelle/HOL provides a collection
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1848
of operators for building well-founded relations.  The package recognises
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1849
these operators and automatically proves that the constructed relation is
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1850
well-founded.  Here are those operators, in order of importance:
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1851
\begin{itemize}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1852
\item \texttt{less_than} is ``less than'' on the natural numbers.
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1853
  (It has type $(nat\times nat)set$, while $<$ has type $[nat,nat]\To bool$.
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1854
  
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1855
\item $\mathop{\mathtt{measure}} f$, where $f$ has type $\tau\To nat$, is the
9258
2121ff73a37d fixed typos reported by Jeremy Dawson
paulson
parents: 9212
diff changeset
  1856
  relation~$\prec$ on type~$\tau$ such that $x\prec y$ if and only if
2121ff73a37d fixed typos reported by Jeremy Dawson
paulson
parents: 9212
diff changeset
  1857
  $f(x)<f(y)$.  
6580
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1858
  Typically, $f$ takes the recursive function's arguments (as a tuple) and
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1859
  returns a result expressed in terms of the function \texttt{size}.  It is
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1860
  called a \textbf{measure function}.  Recall that \texttt{size} is overloaded
7490
9a74b57740d1 added smp_tac
oheimb
parents: 7328
diff changeset
  1861
  and is defined on all datatypes (see {\S}\ref{sec:HOL:size}).
6580
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1862
                                                    
9258
2121ff73a37d fixed typos reported by Jeremy Dawson
paulson
parents: 9212
diff changeset
  1863
\item $\mathop{\mathtt{inv_image}} R\;f$ is a generalisation of
2121ff73a37d fixed typos reported by Jeremy Dawson
paulson
parents: 9212
diff changeset
  1864
  \texttt{measure}.  It specifies a relation such that $x\prec y$ if and only
2121ff73a37d fixed typos reported by Jeremy Dawson
paulson
parents: 9212
diff changeset
  1865
  if $f(x)$ 
6580
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1866
  is less than $f(y)$ according to~$R$, which must itself be a well-founded
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1867
  relation.
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1868
11242
81fe09ce5fc9 lexicographic product of two relations: updated HOL.tex
paulson
parents: 10109
diff changeset
  1869
\item $R@1\texttt{<*lex*>}R@2$ is the lexicographic product of two relations.
81fe09ce5fc9 lexicographic product of two relations: updated HOL.tex
paulson
parents: 10109
diff changeset
  1870
  It 
9258
2121ff73a37d fixed typos reported by Jeremy Dawson
paulson
parents: 9212
diff changeset
  1871
  is a relation on pairs and satisfies $(x@1,x@2)\prec(y@1,y@2)$ if and only
2121ff73a37d fixed typos reported by Jeremy Dawson
paulson
parents: 9212
diff changeset
  1872
  if $x@1$ 
6580
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1873
  is less than $y@1$ according to~$R@1$ or $x@1=y@1$ and $x@2$
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1874
  is less than $y@2$ according to~$R@2$.
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1875
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1876
\item \texttt{finite_psubset} is the proper subset relation on finite sets.
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1877
\end{itemize}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1878
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1879
We can use \texttt{measure} to declare Euclid's algorithm for the greatest
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1880
common divisor.  The measure function, $\lambda(m,n). n$, specifies that the
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1881
recursion terminates because argument~$n$ decreases.
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1882
\begin{ttbox}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1883
recdef gcd "measure ((\%(m,n). n) ::nat*nat=>nat)"
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1884
    "gcd (m, n) = (if n=0 then m else gcd(n, m mod n))"
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1885
\end{ttbox}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1886
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1887
The general form of a well-founded recursive definition is
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1888
\begin{ttbox}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1889
recdef {\it function} {\it rel}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1890
    congs   {\it congruence rules}      {\bf(optional)}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1891
    simpset {\it simplification set}      {\bf(optional)}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1892
   {\it reduction rules}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1893
\end{ttbox}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1894
where
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1895
\begin{itemize}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1896
\item \textit{function} is the name of the function, either as an \textit{id}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1897
  or a \textit{string}.  
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1898
  
9695
ec7d7f877712 proper setup of iman.sty/extra.sty/ttbox.sty;
wenzelm
parents: 9258
diff changeset
  1899
\item \textit{rel} is a HOL expression for the well-founded termination
6580
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1900
  relation.
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1901
  
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1902
\item \textit{congruence rules} are required only in highly exceptional
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1903
  circumstances.
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1904
  
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1905
\item The \textit{simplification set} is used to prove that the supplied
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1906
  relation is well-founded.  It is also used to prove the \textbf{termination
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1907
    conditions}: assertions that arguments of recursive calls decrease under
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1908
  \textit{rel}.  By default, simplification uses \texttt{simpset()}, which
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1909
  is sufficient to prove well-foundedness for the built-in relations listed
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1910
  above. 
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1911
  
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1912
\item \textit{reduction rules} specify one or more recursion equations.  Each
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1913
  left-hand side must have the form $f\,t$, where $f$ is the function and $t$
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1914
  is a tuple of distinct variables.  If more than one equation is present then
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1915
  $f$ is defined by pattern-matching on components of its argument whose type
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1916
  is a \texttt{datatype}.  
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1917
8628
b3d9d8446473 updated recdef
nipkow
parents: 8604
diff changeset
  1918
  The \ML\ identifier $f$\texttt{.simps} contains the reduction rules as
b3d9d8446473 updated recdef
nipkow
parents: 8604
diff changeset
  1919
  a list of theorems.
6580
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1920
\end{itemize}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1921
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1922
With the definition of \texttt{gcd} shown above, Isabelle/HOL is unable to
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1923
prove one termination condition.  It remains as a precondition of the
8628
b3d9d8446473 updated recdef
nipkow
parents: 8604
diff changeset
  1924
recursion theorems:
6580
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1925
\begin{ttbox}
8628
b3d9d8446473 updated recdef
nipkow
parents: 8604
diff changeset
  1926
gcd.simps;
6580
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1927
{\out ["! m n. n ~= 0 --> m mod n < n}
9212
4afe62073b41 overloading, axclasses, numerals and general tidying
paulson
parents: 8628
diff changeset
  1928
{\out   ==> gcd (?m,?n) = (if ?n=0 then ?m else gcd (?n, ?m mod ?n))"] }
6580
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1929
{\out : thm list}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1930
\end{ttbox}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1931
The theory \texttt{HOL/ex/Primes} illustrates how to prove termination
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1932
conditions afterwards.  The function \texttt{Tfl.tgoalw} is like the standard
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1933
function \texttt{goalw}, which sets up a goal to prove, but its argument
8628
b3d9d8446473 updated recdef
nipkow
parents: 8604
diff changeset
  1934
should be the identifier $f$\texttt{.simps} and its effect is to set up a
6580
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1935
proof of the termination conditions:
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1936
\begin{ttbox}
8628
b3d9d8446473 updated recdef
nipkow
parents: 8604
diff changeset
  1937
Tfl.tgoalw thy [] gcd.simps;
6580
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1938
{\out Level 0}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1939
{\out ! m n. n ~= 0 --> m mod n < n}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1940
{\out  1. ! m n. n ~= 0 --> m mod n < n}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1941
\end{ttbox}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1942
This subgoal has a one-step proof using \texttt{simp_tac}.  Once the theorem
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1943
is proved, it can be used to eliminate the termination conditions from
8628
b3d9d8446473 updated recdef
nipkow
parents: 8604
diff changeset
  1944
elements of \texttt{gcd.simps}.  Theory \texttt{HOL/Subst/Unify} is a much
6580
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1945
more complicated example of this process, where the termination conditions can
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1946
only be proved by complicated reasoning involving the recursive function
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1947
itself.
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1948
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1949
Isabelle/HOL can prove the \texttt{gcd} function's termination condition
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1950
automatically if supplied with the right simpset.
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1951
\begin{ttbox}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1952
recdef gcd "measure ((\%(m,n). n) ::nat*nat=>nat)"
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1953
  simpset "simpset() addsimps [mod_less_divisor, zero_less_eq]"
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1954
    "gcd (m, n) = (if n=0 then m else gcd(n, m mod n))"
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1955
\end{ttbox}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1956
8628
b3d9d8446473 updated recdef
nipkow
parents: 8604
diff changeset
  1957
If all termination conditions were proved automatically, $f$\texttt{.simps}
b3d9d8446473 updated recdef
nipkow
parents: 8604
diff changeset
  1958
is added to the simpset automatically, just as in \texttt{primrec}. 
b3d9d8446473 updated recdef
nipkow
parents: 8604
diff changeset
  1959
The simplification rules corresponding to clause $i$ (where counting starts
b3d9d8446473 updated recdef
nipkow
parents: 8604
diff changeset
  1960
at 0) are called $f$\texttt{.}$i$ and can be accessed as \texttt{thms
b3d9d8446473 updated recdef
nipkow
parents: 8604
diff changeset
  1961
  "$f$.$i$"},
b3d9d8446473 updated recdef
nipkow
parents: 8604
diff changeset
  1962
which returns a list of theorems. Thus you can, for example, remove specific
b3d9d8446473 updated recdef
nipkow
parents: 8604
diff changeset
  1963
clauses from the simpset. Note that a single clause may give rise to a set of
b3d9d8446473 updated recdef
nipkow
parents: 8604
diff changeset
  1964
simplification rules in order to capture the fact that if clauses overlap,
b3d9d8446473 updated recdef
nipkow
parents: 8604
diff changeset
  1965
their order disambiguates them.
b3d9d8446473 updated recdef
nipkow
parents: 8604
diff changeset
  1966
6580
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1967
A \texttt{recdef} definition also returns an induction rule specialised for
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1968
the recursive function.  For the \texttt{gcd} function above, the induction
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1969
rule is
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1970
\begin{ttbox}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1971
gcd.induct;
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1972
{\out "(!!m n. n ~= 0 --> ?P n (m mod n) ==> ?P m n) ==> ?P ?u ?v" : thm}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1973
\end{ttbox}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1974
This rule should be used to reason inductively about the \texttt{gcd}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1975
function.  It usually makes the induction hypothesis available at all
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1976
recursive calls, leading to very direct proofs.  If any termination conditions
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1977
remain unproved, they will become additional premises of this rule.
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1978
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1979
\index{recursion!general|)}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1980
\index{*recdef|)}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1981
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1982
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1983
\section{Example: Cantor's Theorem}\label{sec:hol-cantor}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1984
Cantor's Theorem states that every set has more subsets than it has
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1985
elements.  It has become a favourite example in higher-order logic since
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1986
it is so easily expressed:
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1987
\[  \forall f::\alpha \To \alpha \To bool. \exists S::\alpha\To bool.
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1988
    \forall x::\alpha. f~x \not= S 
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1989
\] 
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1990
%
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1991
Viewing types as sets, $\alpha\To bool$ represents the powerset
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1992
of~$\alpha$.  This version states that for every function from $\alpha$ to
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1993
its powerset, some subset is outside its range.  
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1994
9695
ec7d7f877712 proper setup of iman.sty/extra.sty/ttbox.sty;
wenzelm
parents: 9258
diff changeset
  1995
The Isabelle proof uses HOL's set theory, with the type $\alpha\,set$ and
6580
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1996
the operator \cdx{range}.
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1997
\begin{ttbox}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1998
context Set.thy;
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  1999
\end{ttbox}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  2000
The set~$S$ is given as an unknown instead of a
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  2001
quantified variable so that we may inspect the subset found by the proof.
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  2002
\begin{ttbox}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  2003
Goal "?S ~: range\thinspace(f :: 'a=>'a set)";
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  2004
{\out Level 0}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  2005
{\out ?S ~: range f}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  2006
{\out  1. ?S ~: range f}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  2007
\end{ttbox}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  2008
The first two steps are routine.  The rule \tdx{rangeE} replaces
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  2009
$\Var{S}\in \texttt{range} \, f$ by $\Var{S}=f~x$ for some~$x$.
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  2010
\begin{ttbox}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  2011
by (resolve_tac [notI] 1);
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  2012
{\out Level 1}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  2013
{\out ?S ~: range f}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  2014
{\out  1. ?S : range f ==> False}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  2015
\ttbreak
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  2016
by (eresolve_tac [rangeE] 1);
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  2017
{\out Level 2}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  2018
{\out ?S ~: range f}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  2019
{\out  1. !!x. ?S = f x ==> False}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  2020
\end{ttbox}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  2021
Next, we apply \tdx{equalityCE}, reasoning that since $\Var{S}=f~x$,
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  2022
we have $\Var{c}\in \Var{S}$ if and only if $\Var{c}\in f~x$ for
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  2023
any~$\Var{c}$.
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  2024
\begin{ttbox}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  2025
by (eresolve_tac [equalityCE] 1);
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  2026
{\out Level 3}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  2027
{\out ?S ~: range f}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  2028
{\out  1. !!x. [| ?c3 x : ?S; ?c3 x : f x |] ==> False}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  2029
{\out  2. !!x. [| ?c3 x ~: ?S; ?c3 x ~: f x |] ==> False}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  2030
\end{ttbox}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  2031
Now we use a bit of creativity.  Suppose that~$\Var{S}$ has the form of a
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  2032
comprehension.  Then $\Var{c}\in\{x.\Var{P}~x\}$ implies
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  2033
$\Var{P}~\Var{c}$.   Destruct-resolution using \tdx{CollectD}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  2034
instantiates~$\Var{S}$ and creates the new assumption.
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  2035
\begin{ttbox}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  2036
by (dresolve_tac [CollectD] 1);
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  2037
{\out Level 4}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  2038
{\out {\ttlbrace}x. ?P7 x{\ttrbrace} ~: range f}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  2039
{\out  1. !!x. [| ?c3 x : f x; ?P7(?c3 x) |] ==> False}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  2040
{\out  2. !!x. [| ?c3 x ~: {\ttlbrace}x. ?P7 x{\ttrbrace}; ?c3 x ~: f x |] ==> False}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  2041
\end{ttbox}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  2042
Forcing a contradiction between the two assumptions of subgoal~1
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  2043
completes the instantiation of~$S$.  It is now the set $\{x. x\not\in
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  2044
f~x\}$, which is the standard diagonal construction.
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  2045
\begin{ttbox}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  2046
by (contr_tac 1);
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  2047
{\out Level 5}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  2048
{\out {\ttlbrace}x. x ~: f x{\ttrbrace} ~: range f}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  2049
{\out  1. !!x. [| x ~: {\ttlbrace}x. x ~: f x{\ttrbrace}; x ~: f x |] ==> False}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  2050
\end{ttbox}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  2051
The rest should be easy.  To apply \tdx{CollectI} to the negated
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  2052
assumption, we employ \ttindex{swap_res_tac}:
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  2053
\begin{ttbox}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  2054
by (swap_res_tac [CollectI] 1);
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  2055
{\out Level 6}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  2056
{\out {\ttlbrace}x. x ~: f x{\ttrbrace} ~: range f}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  2057
{\out  1. !!x. [| x ~: f x; ~ False |] ==> x ~: f x}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  2058
\ttbreak
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  2059
by (assume_tac 1);
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  2060
{\out Level 7}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  2061
{\out {\ttlbrace}x. x ~: f x{\ttrbrace} ~: range f}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  2062
{\out No subgoals!}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  2063
\end{ttbox}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  2064
How much creativity is required?  As it happens, Isabelle can prove this
9695
ec7d7f877712 proper setup of iman.sty/extra.sty/ttbox.sty;
wenzelm
parents: 9258
diff changeset
  2065
theorem automatically.  The default classical set \texttt{claset()} contains
ec7d7f877712 proper setup of iman.sty/extra.sty/ttbox.sty;
wenzelm
parents: 9258
diff changeset
  2066
rules for most of the constructs of HOL's set theory.  We must augment it with
ec7d7f877712 proper setup of iman.sty/extra.sty/ttbox.sty;
wenzelm
parents: 9258
diff changeset
  2067
\tdx{equalityCE} to break up set equalities, and then apply best-first search.
ec7d7f877712 proper setup of iman.sty/extra.sty/ttbox.sty;
wenzelm
parents: 9258
diff changeset
  2068
Depth-first search would diverge, but best-first search successfully navigates
ec7d7f877712 proper setup of iman.sty/extra.sty/ttbox.sty;
wenzelm
parents: 9258
diff changeset
  2069
through the large search space.  \index{search!best-first}
6580
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  2070
\begin{ttbox}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  2071
choplev 0;
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  2072
{\out Level 0}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  2073
{\out ?S ~: range f}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  2074
{\out  1. ?S ~: range f}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  2075
\ttbreak
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  2076
by (best_tac (claset() addSEs [equalityCE]) 1);
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  2077
{\out Level 1}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  2078
{\out {\ttlbrace}x. x ~: f x{\ttrbrace} ~: range f}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  2079
{\out No subgoals!}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  2080
\end{ttbox}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  2081
If you run this example interactively, make sure your current theory contains
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  2082
theory \texttt{Set}, for example by executing \ttindex{context}~{\tt Set.thy}.
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  2083
Otherwise the default claset may not contain the rules for set theory.
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  2084
\index{higher-order logic|)}
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  2085
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  2086
%%% Local Variables: 
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  2087
%%% mode: latex
10109
dcb72400bc32 record proof tools: t.equality;
wenzelm
parents: 10052
diff changeset
  2088
%%% TeX-master: "logics-HOL"
6580
ff2c3ffd38ee used to be part of 'logics' manual;
wenzelm
parents:
diff changeset
  2089
%%% End: